*** empty log message ***

to avoid a warning.  Add back 'const' to inptr.

GNUmakefile

@@ -25,3 +25,8 @@ all:
 	@exit 1
 
 endif
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel.  This is necessary in case someone tries to
+# build multiple targets on one command line.
+.NOTPARALLEL:

Makefile.maint

@@ -11,10 +11,15 @@ maintainer-check:
 	$(MAKE) distcheck
 	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
 
-prev-version := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
+prev_version_file = .prev-version
+
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell cat $(prev_version_file))
+PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
+
 tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z)
 tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
-tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(prev-version))
+tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(PREV_VERSION))
 this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
 prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
 
@@ -25,6 +30,9 @@ po-check:
 	diff -u $@-1 $@-2
 	rm -f $@-1 $@-2
 
+# Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file.
+GZIP_ENV = --no-name
+
 # Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
 # checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
 # FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
@@ -70,25 +78,20 @@ my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
 	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
 	echo "========================"
 
-THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
-# FIXME: this works only for Gnits-style test releases.
-PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr b-z a-y|sed 's/a$$//')
-PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
-v = Version
-
 a_host = alpha.gnu.org
-b_host = tug.org
+b_host = freefriends.org
 
 alpha_subdir = gnu/fetish
 a_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
 b_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
 
 a_real_dir = /fs/share/ftp/$(alpha_subdir)
-b_real_dir = /home/ftp/pub/$(alpha_subdir)
+b_real_dir = fetish-ftp
 
 url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
 
 md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
 
 rel-check:
 	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
@@ -119,17 +122,20 @@ announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
 	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)"; \
 	  done; \
 	  echo; \
+	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures for the .tar.gz file"; \
+	  echo; \
 	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(sha1)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo NEWS:; \
-	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
+	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/^\[$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
 	    | grep -v '^\['; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
-	  find . -name ChangeLog \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
 	    | xargs cvs diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
 	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
-	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;'	\
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
 	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
 	)
 
@@ -145,11 +151,13 @@ writable-files:
 WGET = wget
 ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
 
+automake_repo=:pserver:anoncvs@anoncvs.cygnus.com:/cvs/automake
 .PHONY: wget-update
 wget-update:
 	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/texinfo/texinfo.tex -O $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
 	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/config/config.guess -O $(srcdir)/config.guess
 	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/config/config.sub -O $(srcdir)/config.sub
+	cvs -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/depcomp > depcomp
 
 alpha: writable-files po-check
 	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
@@ -160,9 +168,11 @@ alpha: writable-files po-check
 	  && xdelta delta -9 $(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta) || :
 	ln $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta) .
 	chmod a-w $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta)
+	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
+	cvs ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
 	@echo =====================================
 	@echo =====================================
-	@echo 'scp $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.gz \'
+	@echo 'rsync -e ssh --pro -av $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.gz \'
 	@echo '  $(b_host):$(b_real_dir)'
 	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
 	@echo =====================================

THANKS

@@ -14,8 +14,10 @@ Alan Iwi                            iwi@atm.ox.ac.uk
 Alberto Accomazzi                   alberto@cfa0.harvard.edu
 aldomel                             aldomel@ix.netcom.com
 Alen Muzinic                        zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
+Alexandre Duret-Lutz                duret_g@epita.fr
 Alexey Solovyov                     alekso@math.uu.se
 Andre Novaes Cunha                  Andre.Cunha@br.global-one.net
+Andreas Gruenbacher                 ag@bestbits.at
 Andreas Jaeger                      jaeger@gnu.org
 Andreas Luik                        luik@isa.de
 Andreas Schwab                      schwab@suse.de
@@ -26,6 +28,7 @@ Andrew Dalke                        dalke@bioreason.com
 Andrew Tridgell                     tridge@samba.org
 Andries Brouwer                     Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
 Andy Longton                        alongton@metamark.com
+Antonio Rendas                      ajrendas@yahoo.com
 Ariel Faigon                        ariel@cthulhu.engr.sgi.com
 Arne H. Juul                        arnej@solan.unit.no
 Arne Henrik Juul                    arnej@imf.unit.no
@@ -50,18 +53,23 @@ Carlos Canau                        Carlos.Canau@relay.puug.pt
 Charles Karney                      karney@pppl.gov
 Charles Randall                     crandall@matchlogic.com
 Chip Salzenberg                     chip@valinux.com
+Chris Sylvain                       csylvain@umm.edu
 Chris Yeo                           cyeo@biking.org
 Christi Alice Scarborough           christi@chiark.greenend.org.uk
-Christian Krackowizer               kra1@technodat.co.at
+Christian Krackowizer               ckrackowiz@std.schuler-ag.com
+Christian Rose                      menthos@menthos.com
 Christian von Roques                roques@pond.sub.org
 Chuck Hedrick                       hedrick@klinzhai.rutgers.edu
 Clark Morgan                        cmorgan@aracnet.com
 Colin Plumb                         colin@nyx.net
 Collin Rogowski                     collin@rogowski.de
 Dan Hagerty                         hag@gnu.ai.it.edu
+Dan Pascu                           dan@services.iiruc.ro
 Daniel Bergstrom                    noa@melody.se
+Darren Salt                         ds@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk
 David Dyck                          dcd@tc.fluke.COM
 David Godfrey                       dave@delta.demon.co.uk
+David Luyer                         david_luyer@pacific.net.au
 Dennis Henriksen                    opus@flamingo.osrl.dk
 Derek Clegg                         dclegg@next.com
 Dick Streefland                     dick_streefland@tasking.com
@@ -73,7 +81,7 @@ Doug McLaren                        dougmc@comco.com
 Dragos Harabor                      dharabor@us.oracle.com
 Ed Avis                             epa98@doc.ic.ac.uk
 Edzer Pebesma                       Edzer.Pebesma@rivm.nl
-Eirik Fuller                        eirik@netcom.com
+Eirik Fuller                        eirik@hackrat.com
 Eivind                              eivindt@multinet.no
 Eli Zaretskii                       eliz@is.elta.co.il
 Emile LeBlanc                       leblanc@math.toronto.edu
@@ -84,6 +92,7 @@ Erik Corry                          erik@kroete2.freinet.de
 Felix Lee                           flee@teleport.com
 Fletcher Mattox                     fletcher@cs.utexas.edu
 Florin Iucha                        fiucha@hsys.mic.ro
+Frank Adler                         fadler@allesklar.de
 Frank T Lofaro                      ftlofaro@snooks.Egr.UNLV.EDU
 François Pinard                     pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
 Fred Fish                           fnf@ninemoons.com
@@ -96,6 +105,7 @@ Geoff Odhner                        geoff@franklin.com
 Gerhard Poul                        gpoul@gnu.org
 Germano Leichsenring                germano@jedi.cs.kobe-u.ac.jp
 GOTO Masanori                       gotom@debian.or.jp
+Greg Louis                          glouis@dynamicro.on.ca
 Greg McGary                         gkm@gnu.org
 Greg Troxel                         gdt@bbn.com
 Greg Wooledge                       gawooledge@sherwin.com
@@ -116,6 +126,8 @@ James Sneeringer                    jvs@ocslink.com
 James Tanis                         jtt@soscorp.com
 James Youngman                      james+usenet@free-lunch.demon.co.uk
 Jamie Lokier                        jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Jan Fedak                           J.Fedak@sh.cvut.cz
+Jan Nieuwenhuizen                   janneke@gnu.org
 Janos Farkas                        chexum@shadow.banki.hu
 Jarkko Hietaniemi                   jhi@epsilon.hut.fi
 Jeff Moore                          jbm@mordor.com
@@ -142,12 +154,16 @@ John Salmon                         johns@mullet.anu.edu.au
 John Summerfield                    summer@OS2.ami.com.au
 Joost van Baal                      joostvb@xs4all.nl
 Joseph S. Myers                     jsm28@cam.ac.uk
-jvogel                              jvogel@linkny.com
+Jungshik Shin                       jshin@pantheon.yale.edu
 Jürgen Fluk                         louis@dachau.marco.de
+jvogel                              jvogel@linkny.com
 Kai-Uwe Rommel                      rommel@informatik.tu-muenchen.de
+Kai Henningsen                      kai@debian.org
 Kalle Olavi Niemitalo               tosi@stekt.oulu.fi
 Kamal Paul Nigam                    Kamal_Paul_Nigam@gs35.sp.cs.cmu.edu
+Karl Eichwalder                     keichwa@gmx.net
 Karl Heuer                          kwzh@gnu.org
+Karl-Michael Schneider              schneide@phil.uni-passau.de
 Karsten Thygesen                    karthy@kom.auc.dk
 Kaveh R. Ghazi                      ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu
 Keith Owens                         kaos@audio.apana.org.au
@@ -159,6 +175,7 @@ Lars Hecking                        lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
 Lehti Rami                          rammer@cs.tut.fi
 Leonard N. Zubkoff                  lnz@dandelion.com
 Lorne Baker                         lbaker@nitro.avint.net
+M. P. Suzuki                        mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp
 Maciej Kwapulinski                  pikpok@univ.gda.pl
 Manas Garg                          manas@cygsoft.com
 Manfred Hollstein                   manfred@s-direktnet.de
@@ -171,9 +188,11 @@ Mark D. Roth                        roth@uiuc.edu
 Mark Harris                         mark@monitor.designacc.com
 Mark Hewitt                         mhewitt@armature.com
 Mark Kettenis                       kettenis@phys.uva.nl
+Mark Nudelman                       marknu@flash.net
 Mark W. Eichin                      eichin@cygnus.com
 Markus Demleitner                   msdemlei@auriga.ari.uni-heidelberg.de
 Martin                              martin@dresden.nacamar.de
+Martin Gallant                      martyg@goodbit.net
 Martin Hippe                        martin.hippe@schlund.de
 Martin Mitchell                     martin@debian.org
 Martin P.J. Zinser                  zinser@decus.de
@@ -181,16 +200,19 @@ Marty Leisner                       leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
 Masami Takikawa                     takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
 Mate Wierdl                         mw@moni.msci.memphis.edu
 Matej Vela                          mvela@public.srce.hr
+Matt Perry                          matt@primefactor.com
 Matthew Braun                       matthew@ans.net
 Matthew Clarke                      Matthew_Clarke@mindlink.bc.ca
 Matthew S. Levine                   mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
 Matthew Swift                       swift@alum.mit.edu
+Mattias Wadenstein                  maswan@acc.umu.se
 Matthias Urlichs                    smurf@noris.de
 Meelis Roos                         mroos@tartu.cyber.ee
 Michael ???                         michael@roka.net
 Michael Deutschmann                 michael@talamasca.ocis.net
 Michael Hasselberg                  mikelh@zonta.ping.de
 Michael Hohn                        hohn@math.utah.edu
+Michael J. Croghan                  mcroghan@usatoday.com
 Michael Stone                       mstone@debian.org
 Michael Stutz                       stutz@dsl.org
 Michael Veksler                     mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
@@ -263,13 +285,17 @@ Torbjorn Lindgren                   tl@funcom.no
 Torsten Landschoff                  torsten@pclab.ifg.uni-kiel.de
 Ulrich Drepper                      drepper@gnu.org
 Urs Thuermann                       urs@isnogud.escape.de
+Vesselin Atanasov                   vesselin@bgnet.bg
 Vin Shelton                         acs@alumni.princeton.edu
 Volker Borchert                     bt@teknon.de
 Wayne Stewart                       wstewa@atl.com
+Wenjun Zheng                        zwj@yahoo.com
+Werner Almesberger                  Werner.Almesberger@epfl.ch
 Wichert Akkerman                    wichert@cistron.nl
 Will Edgington                      wedgingt@acm.org
 William Bader                       william@nscs.fast.net
 William Dowling                     will@franklin.com
 William Lewis                       wiml@omnigroup.com
 Wolfram Kleff                       kleff@cs.uni-bonn.de
+Won-kyu Park                        wkpark@chem.skku.ac.kr
 Zvi Har'El                          rl@math.technion.ac.il

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
 
-$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
 	@:
 
 $(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
@@ -179,8 +180,8 @@ distclean-vti:
 maintainer-clean-vti:
 	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
-fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
-fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
+fileutils.info: fileutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 
 DVIPS = dvips

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -30,27 +30,32 @@ or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion.  @dots{}
 --- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
 @end quotation
 
-This section describes the textual date representations that GNU
+This section describes the textual date representations that @sc{gnu}
 programs accept.  These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
 arguments to the various programs.  The C interface (via the
 @code{getdate} function) is not described here.
 
-@cindex beginning of time, for Unix
-@cindex epoch, for Unix
-Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since zero
-A.D., computer integers are not big enough for such a (comparatively)
-long time.  The earliest date semantically allowed on Unix systems is
-midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
+@cindex beginning of time, for @sc{posix}
+@cindex epoch, for @sc{posix}
+Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since the
+year zero, computer integers often cannot represent such a wide range of
+time.  On @sc{posix} systems, the clock starts at 1970-01-01 00:00:00
+@sc{utc}: @sc{posix} does not require support for times before the
+@sc{posix} Epoch and times far in the future.  Traditional Unix systems
+have 32-bit signed @code{time_t} and can represent times from 1901-12-13
+20:45:52 through 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}.  Systems with 64-bit
+signed @code{time_t} can represent all the times in the known
+lifetime of the universe.
 
 @menu
 * General date syntax::            Common rules.
-* Calendar date items::             19 Dec 1994.
-* Time of day items::               9:20pm.
-* Time zone items::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
-* Day of week items::               Monday and others.
-* Relative items in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
+* Calendar date items::            19 Dec 1994.
+* Time of day items::              9:20pm.
+* Time zone items::                @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
+* Day of week items::              Monday and others.
+* Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
 * Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
-* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
+* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -113,7 +118,7 @@ specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
 numerically or literally.  All these strings specify the same calendar date:
 
 @example
-1972-09-24     # ISO 8601.
+1972-09-24     # @sc{iso} 8601.
 72-9-24        # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99,
                # 20xx for 00 through 68.
 72-09-24       # Leading zeros are ignored.
@@ -136,9 +141,9 @@ sep 24
 
 Here are the rules.
 
-@cindex ISO 8601 date format
-@cindex date format, ISO 8601
-For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
+@cindex @sc{iso} 8601 date format
+@cindex date format, @sc{iso} 8601
+For numeric months, the @sc{iso} 8601 format
 @samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
 any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
 @var{day} is a number between 01 and 31.  A leading zero must be present
@@ -186,7 +191,7 @@ day.  Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
 20:02:0
 20:02
 8:02pm
-20:02-0500      # In EST (Eastern U.S. Standard Time).
+20:02-0500      # In @sc{est} (U.S. Eastern Standard Time).
 @end example
 
 More generally, the time of the day may be given as
@@ -206,6 +211,9 @@ or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
 indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
 half of the day.  In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
+(This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
+as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
+which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)
 
 @cindex time zone correction
 @cindex minutes, time zone correction by
@@ -214,10 +222,10 @@ expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
 of zone minutes.  When a time zone correction is given this way, it
 forces interpretation of the time relative to
-Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), overriding any previous
+Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}), overriding any previous
 specification for the time zone or the local time zone.  The @var{minute}
 part of the time of the day may not be elided when a time zone correction
-is used.  This is the only way to specify a time zone correction by
+is used.  This is the best way to specify a time zone correction by
 fractional parts of an hour.
 
 Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
@@ -229,119 +237,18 @@ but not both.
 
 @cindex time zone item
 
-A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated by
-a small set of letters.  They are supported for backward compatibility reasons,
-but they are not recommended because they are ambiguous in practice:
-for example, the abbreviation @samp{EST} has different meanings in
-Australia and the United States.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
-time zone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
-zone hours may be represented in a time zone item.  See the previous
-section for a finer control over the time zone correction.
+A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated
+by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal
+Time.  Any included periods are ignored.  By following a
+non-daylight-saving time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate
+word (that is, separated by some white space), the corresponding
+daylight saving time zone may be specified.
 
-Here are many non-daylight-saving-time time zones, indexed by the zone
-hour value.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -1200
-@samp{Y} for militaries.
-@item -1100
-@samp{X} for militaries.
-@item -1000
-@samp{W} for militaries.
-@item -0900
-@samp{V} for militaries.
-@item -0800
-@samp{PST} for Pacific Standard, and
-@samp{U} for militaries.
-@item -0700
-@samp{MST} for Mountain Standard, and
-@samp{T} for militaries.
-@item -0600
-@samp{CST} for Central Standard, and
-@samp{S} for militaries.
-@item -0500
-@samp{EST} for Eastern Standard, and
-@samp{R} for militaries.
-@item -0400
-@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard, and
-@samp{Q} for militaries.
-@item -0300
-@samp{P} for militaries.
-@item -0200
-@samp{O} for militaries.
-@item -0100
-@samp{N} for militaries.
-@item +0000
-@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
-@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
-@cindex Universal Time (Coordinated)
-@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean,
-@samp{UT} for Universal,
-@samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal,
-@samp{WET} for Western European, and
-@samp{Z} for ISO 8601 and militaries.
-@item +0100
-@samp{A} for militaries,
-@samp{CET} for Central European,
-@samp{MET} for Midden Europesche Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MEZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Zeit (German).
-@item +0200
-@samp{B} for militaries, and
-@samp{EET} for Eastern European.
-@item +0300
-@samp{C} for militaries.
-@item +0400
-@samp{D} for militaries.
-@item +0500
-@samp{E} for militaries.
-@item +0600
-@samp{F} for militaries.
-@item +0700
-@samp{G} for militaries.
-@item +0800
-@samp{H} for militaries.
-@item +0900
-@samp{I} for militaries, and
-@samp{JST} for Japan Standard.
-@item +1000
-@samp{GST} for Guam Standard, and
-@samp{K} for militaries.
-@item +1100
-@samp{L} for militaries.
-@item +1200
-@samp{M} for militaries, and
-@samp{NZST} for New Zealand Standard.
-@end table
-
-@cindex daylight-saving time
-Here are many daylight-saving time (DST) time zones,
-indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
-following a non-DST time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
-(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST time zone
-may be specified.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -0700
-@samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
-@item -0600
-@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
-@item -0500
-@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
-@item -0400
-@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
-@item -0300
-@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
-@item +0100
-@samp{BST} for British Summer, and
-@samp{WEST} for Western European Summer.
-@item +0200
-@samp{CEST} for Central European Summer,
-@samp{MEST} for Midden Europesche S. Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MESZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Sommerzeit (German).
-@item +1300
-@samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
-@end table
+Time zone items are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
+are ambiguous; for example, @samp{EST} has a different meaning in
+Australia than in the United States.  Instead, it's better to use
+unambiguous numeric time zone corrections like @samp{-0500}, as
+described in the previous section.
 
 
 @node Day of week items
@@ -409,7 +316,7 @@ The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
 signed number.  Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed.  No
 number at all implies 1 for a multiplier.  Following a relative item by
 the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
-multiplicator with value @math{-1}.
+multiplier with value @math{-1}.
 
 @findex day @r{in date strings}
 @findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
@@ -429,9 +336,9 @@ items, like in @samp{12:00 today}.  The string @samp{this} also has
 the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
 date strings like @samp{this thursday}.
 
-When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross the boundary
-between DST and non-DST (or vice-versa), the hour is adjusted according
-to the local time.
+When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross a boundary
+where the clocks were adjusted, typically for daylight-saving time,
+the resulting date and time are adjusted accordingly.
 
 
 @node Pure numbers in date strings
@@ -439,8 +346,8 @@ to the local time.
 
 @cindex pure numbers in date strings
 
-The precise intepretation of a pure decimal number depends
-the context in the date string.
+The precise interpretation of a pure decimal number depends
+on the context in the date string.
 
 If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
 other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date items}) appears before it
@@ -468,13 +375,14 @@ year.
 @cindex Berets, Jim
 @cindex MacKenzie, David
 @cindex Meyering, Jim
+@cindex Eggert, Paul
 @code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
 (@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
 at Chapel Hill.  The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
 Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
 and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
-revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
-and others.
+revisions for the @sc{gnu} system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
+Paul Eggert and others.
 
 @cindex Pinard, F.
 @cindex Berry, K.

doc/perm.texi

@@ -69,11 +69,12 @@ matter what group the user who creates them is in.
 @cindex sticky
 @cindex swap space, saving text image in
 @cindex text image, saving in swap space
-@cindex append-only directories
+@cindex restricted deletion flag
 save the program's text image on the swap device so it will load more
 quickly when run (called the @dfn{sticky bit}).  For directories on some
-systems, prevent users from removing files that they do not own in the
-directory; this is called making the directory @dfn{append-only}.
+systems, prevent users from removing or renaming a file in a directory
+unless they own the file or the directory; this is called the
+@dfn{restriction deletion flag} for the directory.
 @end enumerate
 
 @node Symbolic Modes
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ format:
 
 @noindent
 The spaces between the three parts above are shown for readability only;
-symbolic modes can not contain spaces.
+symbolic modes cannot contain spaces.
 
 The @var{users} part tells which users' access to the file is changed.
 It consists of one or more of the following letters (or it can be empty;
@@ -276,18 +277,8 @@ o+t
 
 Remember that the special permissions only affect files that are
 executable, plus, on some systems, directories (on which they have
-different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).  Using @samp{a}
-in the @var{users} part of a symbolic mode does not cause the special
-permissions to be affected; thus,
-
-@example
-a+s
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-has @emph{no effect}.  You must use @samp{u}, @samp{g}, and @samp{o}
-explicitly to affect the special permissions.  Also, the
-combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.
+different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).
+Also, the combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.
 
 The @samp{=} operator is not very useful with special permissions; for
 example, the mode:
@@ -437,7 +428,7 @@ This number is always interpreted in octal; you do not have to add a
 leading 0, as you do in C.  Mode 0055 is the same as mode 55.
 
 A numeric mode is usually shorter than the corresponding symbolic
-mode, but it is limited in that it can not take into account a file's
+mode, but it is limited in that it cannot take into account a file's
 previous permissions; it can only set them absolutely.
 
 On most systems, the permissions granted to the user,

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 @ifinfo
 This file documents the GNU shell utilities.
 
-Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 
 @page
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -350,6 +350,7 @@ independent way. For example, a string containing the Euro currency symbol
 $ /usr/local/bin/printf '\u20AC 14.95'
 @end example
 
+@noindent
 will be output correctly in all locales supporting the Euro symbol
 (ISO-8859-15, UTF-8, and others). Similarly, a Chinese string
 
@@ -357,18 +358,19 @@ will be output correctly in all locales supporting the Euro symbol
 $ /usr/local/bin/printf '\u4e2d\u6587'
 @end example
 
-will be output correctly in all chinese locales (GB2312, BIG5, UTF-8, etc).
+@noindent
+will be output correctly in all Chinese locales (GB2312, BIG5, UTF-8, etc).
 
 Note that in these examples, the full pathname of @code{printf} has been
 given, to distinguish it from the GNU @code{bash} builtin function
 @code{printf}.
 
-For larger strings, you don't need to look up the hexadecimal code values of
-each character one by one. ASCII characters mixed with \u escape sequences
-is also known as the JAVA source file encoding. You can use GNU recode 3.5c
-(or newer) to convert strings to this encoding. Here is how to convert a
-piece of text into a shell script which will output this text in a locale-
-independent way:
+For larger strings, you don't need to look up the hexadecimal code
+values of each character one by one. ASCII characters mixed with \u
+escape sequences is also known as the JAVA source file encoding. You can
+use GNU recode 3.5c (or newer) to convert strings to this encoding. Here
+is how to convert a piece of text into a shell script which will output
+this text in a locale-independent way:
 
 @smallexample
 $ LC_CTYPE=zh_CN.big5 /usr/local/bin/printf \
@@ -2202,7 +2204,7 @@ format of the @samp{%c} directive (described below).  Synopses:
 @example
 date [@var{option}]@dots{} [+@var{format}]
 date [-u|--utc|--universal] @c this avoids a newline in the output
-[ @var{MMDDhhmm}[[@var{CC}]@var{YY}][.@var{ss}] ]
+[ MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss] ]
 @end example
 
 @findex strftime @r{and @code{date}}
@@ -2258,7 +2260,7 @@ Note that this value is the number of seconds between the epoch
 and the current date as defined by the localtime system call.
 It isn't changed by the @samp{--date} option.
 @item %S
-second (00@dots{}61)
+second (00@dots{}60)
 @item %T
 time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
 @item %X
@@ -2400,7 +2402,7 @@ zone.
 The argument must consist entirely of digits, which have the following
 meaning:
 
-@table @var
+@table @samp
 @item MM
 month
 @item DD
@@ -2479,16 +2481,14 @@ Append the hours, minutes, and seconds.
 @end table
 
 If showing any time terms, then include the time zone using the format
-@samp{%z}.  If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{%Z} in place of
 @samp{%z}.
 
 @item -R
 @itemx --rfc-822
 @opindex -R
 @opindex --rfc-822
-Display the time and date using the RFC-822-specified
+Display the time and date using the RFC-822-conforming
 format, @samp{%a, %_d %b %Y %H:%M:%S %z}.
-If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{GMT} in place of @samp{%z}.
 
 @item -r @var{file}
 @itemx --reference=@var{file}
@@ -2501,7 +2501,7 @@ time of @var{file}, instead of the current time and date.
 @itemx --set=@var{datestr}
 @opindex -s
 @opindex --set
-Set the time and date to @var{datestr},  See @samp{-d} above.
+Set the time and date to @var{datestr}.  See @samp{-d} above.
 
 @item -u
 @itemx --utc
@@ -2509,11 +2509,16 @@ Set the time and date to @var{datestr},  See @samp{-d} above.
 @opindex -u
 @opindex --utc
 @opindex --universal
-@cindex coordinated universal time
+@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
+@cindex UTC
 @cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-Print or set the time and date in Universal Coordinated Time instead of
-in local (wall clock) time.
-
+@cindex GMT
+Use Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}) by operating as if the
+@env{TZ} environment variable was set to the string @samp{UTC0}.
+Normally, @command{date} operates in the time zone indicated by
+@env{TZ}, or the system default if @env{TZ} is not set.  Coordinated
+Universal Time is often called ``Greenwich Mean Time'' (@sc{gmt}) for
+historical reasons.
 @end table
 
 
@@ -2591,7 +2596,7 @@ To convert a date string to the number of seconds since the epoch
 the @samp{%s} format.  That can be useful in sorting and/or graphing
 and/or comparing data by date.  The following command outputs the
 number of the seconds since the epoch for the time one second later
-than the epoch, but in time zone five hours later (Cambridge, Massachusetts),
+than the epoch, but in a time zone five hours later (Cambridge, Massachusetts),
 thus a total of five hours and one second after the epoch:
 
 @example
@@ -2956,7 +2961,7 @@ nohup @var{command} [@var{arg}]@dots{}
 
 @flindex nohup.out
 @code{nohup} increases the scheduling priority of @var{command} by 5, so
-it has a slightly smaller change to run.  If standard output is a terminal,
+it has a slightly smaller chance to run.  If standard output is a terminal,
 it and standard error are redirected so that they are appended to the
 file @file{nohup.out}; if that cannot be written to, they are appended
 to the file @file{$HOME/nohup.out}.  If that cannot be written to, the
@@ -3335,11 +3340,11 @@ $ seq -s' ' 0 .1 .3
 0 0.1 0.2
 @end example
 
-But doesn't happen on most systems because @code{seq} is implemented using
-binary floating point arithmetic (via the C @code{double} type) -- which
-means some decimal numbers like @code{.1} cannot be represented exactly.
-That in turn means some nonintuitive conditions like @code{.1 * 3 > .3}
-will end up being true.
+But that doesn't happen on most systems because @code{seq} is
+implemented using binary floating point arithmetic (via the C
+@code{double} type) -- which means some decimal numbers like @code{.1}
+cannot be represented exactly.  That in turn means some nonintuitive
+conditions like @code{.1 * 3 > .3} will end up being true.
 
 To work around that in the above example, use a slightly larger number as
 the @var{last} value:

doc/texinfo.tex

@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@
 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
 %
-\def\texinfoversion{2000-05-28.15}
+\def\texinfoversion{2000-12-11.07}
 %
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
 % Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -688,16 +688,54 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
 \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
 
-% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
-
-\def\inmargin#1{%
-\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
-  \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
-  \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
 \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
 \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+  \nobreak
+  \kern-\strutdepth
+  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+    \vss
+    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+    \ifx#1l%
+      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+    \else
+      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+    \fi
+    \null
+  }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+% 
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% 
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
+    \def\righttext{#2}%
+  \else
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
+    \def\righttext{#1}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno
+    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+}
 
 % @include file    insert text of that file as input.
 % Allow normal characters that  we make active in the argument (a file name).
@@ -2593,42 +2631,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }
 
 % @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-
+%
 \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
 
 % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
 \def\newcodeindex#1{%
   \iflinks
     \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
     \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
   \fi
   \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
 }
 
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
 
 % @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
-    \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
-}
-
+% 
 % @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
 % inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
+% 
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+  % closing the target index.
+  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+  \fi
+  % redefine \fooindfile:
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+  % redefine \fooindex:
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
 }
 
 % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
@@ -3155,7 +3199,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   %
   % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
   % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
-  \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
   \vsize = 2\vsize
 }
 
@@ -3169,6 +3212,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % previous page.
   \dimen@ = \vsize
   \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
   %
   % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
   \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
@@ -3176,15 +3220,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \unvbox255
   \penalty\outputpenalty
 }
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
 \def\pagesofar{%
-  % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-  % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
   \unvbox\partialpage
   %
   \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
   \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
   \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
 }
+% 
+% All done with double columns.
 \def\enddoublecolumns{%
   \output = {%
     % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
@@ -3209,8 +3256,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
   \pagegoal = \vsize
 }
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
 \def\balancecolumns{%
-  % Called at the end of the double column material.
   \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
   \dimen@ = \ht0
   \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
@@ -4271,6 +4319,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \gobble
 }
 
+
 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
 % and narrows the margins.
 %
@@ -4293,6 +4342,158 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }
 
 
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, 
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too
+\def\dospecials{%
+  \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabeightspaces
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabexpand{%
+    \catcode`\^^I=\active
+    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+    }%
+  }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \tt
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabexpand
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique 
+% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a 
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, 
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+  \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\\=12
+    \catcode`~=12
+    \catcode`^=12
+    \catcode`_=12
+    \catcode`|=12
+    \catcode`<=12
+    \catcode`>=12
+    \catcode`+=12
+    \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+     % Restore active chars for included file.
+  \endgroup
+  \begingroup
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+  \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup
+}
+
+
 \message{defuns,}
 % @defun etc.
 

doc/textutils.texi

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 \input texinfo
 @c %**start of header
 @setfilename textutils.info
-@settitle GNU text utilities
+@settitle @sc{gnu} text utilities
 @c %**end of header
 
 @include version.texi
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 @ifinfo
 @format
 START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Text utilities: (textutils).          GNU text utilities.
+* Text utilities: (textutils).                  GNU text utilities.
 * cat: (textutils)cat invocation.               Concatenate and write files.
 * cksum: (textutils)cksum invocation.           Print @sc{posix} CRC checksum.
 * comm: (textutils)comm invocation.             Compare sorted files by line.
@@ -56,30 +56,18 @@ This file documents the GNU text utilities.
 
 Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no
+Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
 
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Foundation.
 @end ifinfo
 
 @titlepage
-@title GNU @code{textutils}
+@title @sc{gnu} @code{textutils}
 @subtitle A set of text utilities
 @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
 @author David MacKenzie et al.
@@ -88,19 +76,13 @@ by the Foundation.
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
 Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Foundation.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no
+Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
 @end titlepage
 
 
@@ -114,7 +96,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 @cindex text utilities
 @cindex utilities for text handling
 
-This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU text utilities.
+This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the @sc{gnu} text utilities.
 
 @menu
 * Introduction::                       Caveats, overview, and authors.
@@ -217,11 +199,12 @@ Opening the software toolbox
 
 This manual is incomplete: No attempt is made to explain basic concepts
 in a way suitable for novices.  Thus, if you are interested, please get
-involved in improving this manual.  The entire GNU community will
+involved in improving this manual.  The entire @sc{gnu} community will
 benefit.
 
 @cindex POSIX.2
-The GNU text utilities are mostly compatible with the @sc{posix.2} standard.
+The @sc{gnu} text utilities are mostly compatible with the @sc{posix.2}
+standard.
 
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
@@ -251,7 +234,7 @@ overall process.
 
 Certain options are available in all of these programs.  Rather than
 writing identical descriptions for each of the programs, they are
-described here.  (In fact, every GNU program accepts (or should accept)
+described here.  (In fact, every @sc{gnu} program accepts (or should accept)
 these options.)
 
 Some of these programs recognize the @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}
@@ -692,19 +675,19 @@ to the output line generated by the type specification.
 
 @table @samp
 @item a
-named character,
+named character
 @item c
 @sc{ascii} character or backslash escape,
 @item d
-signed decimal,
+signed decimal
 @item f
-floating point,
+floating point
 @item o
-octal,
+octal
 @item u
-unsigned decimal,
+unsigned decimal
 @item x
-hexadecimal.
+hexadecimal
 @end table
 
 The type @code{a} outputs things like @samp{sp} for space, @samp{nl} for
@@ -722,24 +705,24 @@ one of the following characters.  For integers (@samp{d}, @samp{o},
 
 @table @samp
 @item C
-char,
+char
 @item S
-short,
+short
 @item I
-int,
+int
 @item L
-long.
+long
 @end table
 
 For floating point (@code{f}):
 
 @table @asis
 @item F
-float,
+float
 @item D
-double,
+double
 @item L
-long double.
+long double
 @end table
 
 @item -v
@@ -763,7 +746,8 @@ is not given at all, the default is 16.
 @end table
 
 The next several options map the old, pre-@sc{posix} format specification
-options to the corresponding @sc{posix} format specs.  GNU @code{od} accepts
+options to the corresponding @sc{posix} format specs.
+@sc{gnu} @code{od} accepts
 any combination of old- and new-style options.  Format specification
 options accumulate.
 
@@ -983,27 +967,35 @@ is @samp{space}).  For multicolumn output, lines will always be truncated to
 column output no line truncation occurs by default.  Use @samp{-W} option to
 truncate lines in that case.
 
-@c FIXME:???  Should this be something like "Starting with version 1.22i,..."
-   Including version 1.22i:
-
+The following changes were made in version 1.22i and apply to later
+versions of @command{pr}:
 @c FIXME: this whole section here sounds very awkward to me. I
 @c made a few small changes, but really it all needs to be redone. - Brian
-Some small @var{letter options} (@samp{-s}, @samp{-w}) have been redefined
-with the object of a better @sc{posix} compliance.  The output of some
-further cases has been adapted to other Unix systems.  These changes are
-not compatible with earlier versions of the program.
+@c OK, I fixed another sentence or two, but some of it I just don't understand.
+@ - Brian
+@itemize @bullet
 
+@item
+Some small @var{letter options} (@samp{-s}, @samp{-w}) have been
+redefined for better @sc{posix} compliance.  The output of some further
+cases has been adapted to other Unix systems.  These changes are not
+compatible with earlier versions of the program.
+
+@item
 Some @var{new capital letter} options (@samp{-J}, @samp{-S}, @samp{-W})
 have been introduced to turn off unexpected interferences of small letter
 options.  The @samp{-N} option and the second argument @var{last_page}
 of @samp{+FIRST_PAGE} offer more flexibility.  The detailed handling of
 form feeds set in the input files requires the @samp{-T} option.
 
+@item
 Capital letter options override small letter ones.
 
+@item
 Some of the option-arguments (compare @samp{-s}, @samp{-S}, @samp{-e},
 @samp{-i}, @samp{-n}) cannot be specified as separate arguments from the
 preceding option letter (already stated in the @sc{posix} specification).
+@end itemize
 
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
@@ -1194,12 +1186,12 @@ opened.  (The exit status will still be nonzero, however.)
 @itemx --separator[=@var{char}]
 @opindex -s
 @opindex --separator
-Separate columns by a single character @var{char}.  Default for @var{char}
-is the TAB character without @samp{-w} and @samp{no character} with
-@samp{-w}.  Without @samp{-s} default separator @samp{space} is set.
-@samp{-s[char]} turns off line truncation of all three column options
-(@samp{-COLUMN}|@samp{-a -COLUMN}|@samp{-m}) except @samp{-w} is set.
-That is a @sc{posix}-compliant formulation.
+Separate columns by a single character @var{char}.  The default for
+@var{char} is the TAB character without @samp{-w} and @samp{no
+character} with @samp{-w}.  Without @samp{-s} the default separator
+@samp{space} is set.  @samp{-s[char]} turns off line truncation of all
+three column options (@samp{-COLUMN}|@samp{-a -COLUMN}|@samp{-m}) unless
+@samp{-w} is set.  This is a @sc{posix}-compliant formulation.
 
 
 @item -S[@var{string}]
@@ -1437,13 +1429,13 @@ one-line header consisting of
 before the output for each @var{file}.
 
 @cindex BSD @code{tail}
-GNU @code{tail} can output any amount of data (some other versions of
+@sc{gnu} @code{tail} can output any amount of data (some other versions of
 @code{tail} cannot).  It also has no @samp{-r} option (print in
 reverse), since reversing a file is really a different job from printing
 the end of a file; BSD @code{tail} (which is the one with @code{-r}) can
 only reverse files that are at most as large as its buffer, which is
 typically 32k.  A more reliable and versatile way to reverse files is
-the GNU @code{tac} command.
+the @sc{gnu} @code{tac} command.
 
 @code{tail} accepts two option formats: the new one, in which numbers
 are arguments to the options (@samp{-n 1}), and the old one, in which
@@ -1702,9 +1694,9 @@ exhausted.
 
 The output files' names consist of a prefix (@samp{xx} by default)
 followed by a suffix.  By default, the suffix is an ascending sequence
-of two-digit decimal numbers from @samp{00} and up to @samp{99}.  In any
-case, concatenating the output files in sorted order by filename
-produces the original input file.
+of two-digit decimal numbers from @samp{00} to @samp{99}.  In any case,
+concatenating the output files in sorted order by filename produces the
+original input file.
 
 By default, if @code{csplit} encounters an error or receives a hangup,
 interrupt, quit, or terminate signal, it removes any output files
@@ -1821,9 +1813,9 @@ in columns.  However, @sc{posix} requires that there be exactly one space
 separating columns.  You can make @code{wc} use the @sc{posix}-mandated
 output format by setting the @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} environment variable.
 
-By default, @code{wc} prints three counts: the newline, words, byte counts.
-Options can specify that only certain counts be printed.  Options do not
-undo others previously given, so
+By default, @code{wc} prints three counts: the newline, words, and byte
+counts.  Options can specify that only certain counts be printed.
+Options do not undo others previously given, so
 
 @example
 wc --bytes --words
@@ -1890,10 +1882,10 @@ sum [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 @code{sum} prints the checksum for each @var{file} followed by the
 number of blocks in the file (rounded up).  If more than one @var{file}
 is given, file names are also printed (by default).  (With the
-@samp{--sysv} option, corresponding file name are printed when there is
+@samp{--sysv} option, corresponding file names are printed when there is
 at least one file argument.)
 
-By default, GNU @code{sum} computes checksums using an algorithm
+By default, @sc{gnu} @code{sum} computes checksums using an algorithm
 compatible with BSD @code{sum} and prints file sizes in units of
 1024-byte blocks.
 
@@ -2125,9 +2117,9 @@ disables this last-resort comparison so that lines in which all fields
 compare equal are left in their original relative order.  If no fields
 or global options are specified, @samp{-s} has no effect.
 
-GNU @code{sort} (as specified for all GNU utilities) has no limits on
+@sc{gnu} @code{sort} (as specified for all @sc{gnu} utilities) has no limits on
 input line length or restrictions on bytes allowed within lines.  In
-addition, if the final byte of an input file is not a newline, GNU
+addition, if the final byte of an input file is not a newline, @sc{gnu}
 @code{sort} silently supplies one.  A line's trailing newline is not
 part of the line for comparison purposes.@footnote{@sc{posix}.2-1992
 requires that the trailing newline be part of the comparison, and some
@@ -2268,6 +2260,24 @@ If @var{output-file} is one of the input files, @code{sort} copies
 it to a temporary file before sorting and writing the output to
 @var{output-file}.
 
+@item -S @var{size}
+@opindex -S
+@cindex size for main memory sorting
+Use a main-memory sort buffer of the given @var{size}.  By default,
+@var{size} is in units of 1,024 bytes.  Appending @samp{%} causes
+@var{size} to be interpreted as a percentage of physical memory.
+Appending @samp{k} multiplies @var{size} by 1,024 (the default),
+@samp{M} by 1,048,576, @samp{G} by 1,073,741,824, and so on for
+@samp{T}, @samp{P}, @samp{E}, @samp{Z}, and @samp{Y}.  Appending
+@samp{b} causes @var{size} to be interpreted as a byte count, with no
+multiplication.
+
+This option can improve the performance of @command{sort} by causing it
+to start with a larger or smaller sort buffer than the default.
+However, this option affects only the initial buffer size.  The buffer
+grows beyond @var{size} if @command{sort} encounters input lines larger
+than @var{size}.
+
 @item -t @var{separator}
 @opindex -t
 @cindex field separator character
@@ -2277,7 +2287,9 @@ string between a non-whitespace character and a whitespace character.
 That is, given the input line @w{@samp{ foo bar}}, @code{sort} breaks it
 into fields @w{@samp{ foo}} and @w{@samp{ bar}}.  The field separator is
 not considered to be part of either the field preceding or the field
-following.
+following.  But note that sort fields that extend to the end of the line,
+as @samp{-k 2}, or sort fields consisting of a range, as @samp{-k 2,3},
+retain the field separators present between the endpoints of the range.
 
 @item -T @var{tempdir}
 @opindex -T
@@ -2325,13 +2337,13 @@ and character positions are numbered starting with 0.  See below.
 
 @end table
 
-In addition, when GNU @code{sort} is invoked with exactly one argument,
+In addition, when @sc{gnu} @code{sort} is invoked with exactly one argument,
 options @samp{--help} and @samp{--version} are recognized.  @xref{Common
 options}.
 
 Historical (BSD and System V) implementations of @code{sort} have
 differed in their interpretation of some options, particularly
-@samp{-b}, @samp{-f}, and @samp{-n}.  GNU sort follows the @sc{posix}
+@samp{-b}, @samp{-f}, and @samp{-n}.  @sc{gnu} sort follows the @sc{posix}
 behavior, which is usually (but not always!) like the System V behavior.
 According to @sc{posix}, @samp{-n} no longer implies @samp{-b}.  For
 consistency, @samp{-M} has been changed in the same way.  This may
@@ -2389,7 +2401,7 @@ sort -t : -k 2,2n -k 5.3,5.4
 @end example
 
 Note that if you had written @samp{-k 2} instead of @samp{-k 2,2}
-@samp{sort} would have used all characters beginning in the second field
+@command{sort} would have used all characters beginning in the second field
 and extending to the end of the line as the primary @emph{numeric}
 key.  For the large majority of applications, treating keys spanning
 more than one field as numeric will not do what you expect.
@@ -2530,7 +2542,7 @@ Print only duplicate lines.
 Print all duplicate lines and only duplicate lines.
 This option is useful mainly in conjunction with other options e.g.,
 to ignore case or to compare only selected fields.
-This is a GNU extension.
+This is a @sc{gnu} extension.
 @c FIXME: give an example showing *how* it's useful
 
 @item -u
@@ -2659,15 +2671,15 @@ ptx -G [@var{option} @dots{}] [@var{input} [@var{output}]]
 @end example
 
 The @samp{-G} (or its equivalent: @samp{--traditional}) option disables
-all GNU extensions and reverts to traditional mode, thus introducing some
+all @sc{gnu} extensions and reverts to traditional mode, thus introducing some
 limitations and changing several of the program's default option values.
-When @samp{-G} is not specified, GNU extensions are always enabled.  GNU
-extensions to @code{ptx} are documented wherever appropriate in this
+When @samp{-G} is not specified, @sc{gnu} extensions are always enabled.
+@sc{gnu} extensions to @code{ptx} are documented wherever appropriate in this
 document.  For the full list, see @xref{Compatibility in ptx}.
 
 Individual options are explained in the following sections.
 
-When GNU extensions are enabled, there may be zero, one or several
+When @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, there may be zero, one or several
 @var{file}s after the options.  If there is no @var{file}, the program
 reads the standard input.  If there is one or several @var{file}s, they
 give the name of input files which are all read in turn, as if all the
@@ -2677,7 +2689,7 @@ file names and line numbers refer to individual text input files.  In
 all cases, the program outputs the permuted index to the standard
 output.
 
-When GNU extensions are @emph{not} enabled, that is, when the program
+When @sc{gnu} extensions are @emph{not} enabled, that is, when the program
 operates in traditional mode, there may be zero, one or two parameters
 besides the options.  If there are no parameters, the program reads the
 standard input and outputs the permuted index to the standard output.
@@ -2687,7 +2699,7 @@ respectively the name of the @var{input} file to read and the name of
 the @var{output} file to produce.  @emph{Be very careful} to note that,
 in this case, the contents of file given by the second parameter is
 destroyed.  This behavior is dictated by System V @code{ptx}
-compatibility; GNU Standards normally discourage output parameters not
+compatibility; @sc{gnu} Standards normally discourage output parameters not
 introduced by an option.
 
 Note that for @emph{any} file named as the value of an option or as an
@@ -2716,7 +2728,7 @@ exit without further processing.
 
 @item -G
 @itemx --traditional
-As already explained, this option disables all GNU extensions to
+As already explained, this option disables all @sc{gnu} extensions to
 @code{ptx} and switches to traditional mode.
 
 @item --help
@@ -2737,7 +2749,7 @@ processing.
 As it is set up now, the program assumes that the input file is coded
 using 8-bit ISO 8859-1 code, also known as Latin-1 character set,
 @emph{unless} it is compiled for MS-DOS, in which case it uses the
-character set of the IBM-PC.  (GNU @code{ptx} is not known to work on
+character set of the IBM-PC.  (@sc{gnu} @code{ptx} is not known to work on
 smaller MS-DOS machines anymore.)  Compared to 7-bit @sc{ascii}, the set
 of characters which are letters is different; this alters the behavior
 of regular expression matching.  Thus, the default regular expression
@@ -2770,9 +2782,9 @@ is not part of the Break file is a word constituent.  If both options
 @samp{-b} and @samp{-W} are specified, then @samp{-W} has precedence and
 @samp{-b} is ignored.
 
-When GNU extensions are enabled, the only way to avoid newline as a
+When @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, the only way to avoid newline as a
 break character is to write all the break characters in the file with no
-newline at all, not even at the end of the file.  When GNU extensions
+newline at all, not even at the end of the file.  When @sc{gnu} extensions
 are disabled, spaces, tabs and newlines are always considered as break
 characters even if not included in the Break file.
 
@@ -2799,9 +2811,9 @@ is ignored.  The file is called the @dfn{Only file}.  The file contains
 exactly one word in each line; the end of line separation of words is
 not subject to the value of the @samp{-S} option.
 
-There is no default for the Only file.  In the case there are both an
-Only file and an Ignore file, a word can be a keyword only if it is
-given in the Only file and not given in the Ignore file.
+There is no default for the Only file.  When both an Only file and an
+Ignore file are specified, a word is considered a keyword only
+if it is listed in the Only file and not in the Ignore file.
 
 @item -r
 @itemx --references
@@ -2815,7 +2827,7 @@ Using this option changes the default value for option @samp{-S}.
 Using this option, the program does not try very hard to remove
 references from contexts in output, but it succeeds in doing so
 @emph{when} the context ends exactly at the newline.  If option
-@samp{-r} is used with @samp{-S} default value, or when GNU extensions
+@samp{-r} is used with @samp{-S} default value, or when @sc{gnu} extensions
 are disabled, this condition is always met and references are completely
 excluded from the output contexts.
 
@@ -2826,15 +2838,15 @@ This option selects which regular expression will describe the end of a
 line or the end of a sentence.  In fact, this regular expression is not
 the only distinction between end of lines or end of sentences, and input
 line boundaries have no special significance outside this option.  By
-default, when GNU extensions are enabled and if @samp{-r} option is not
+default, when @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled and if @samp{-r} option is not
 used, end of sentences are used.  In this case, this @var{regex} is
-imported from GNU Emacs:
+imported from @sc{gnu} Emacs:
 
 @example
 [.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\|\t\\|  \\)[ \t\n]*
 @end example
 
-Whenever GNU extensions are disabled or if @samp{-r} option is used, end
+Whenever @sc{gnu} extensions are disabled or if @samp{-r} option is used, end
 of lines are used; in this case, the default @var{regexp} is just:
 
 @example
@@ -2866,8 +2878,8 @@ corresponding characters by @code{ptx} itself.
 @itemx --word-regexp=@var{regexp}
 
 This option selects which regular expression will describe each keyword.
-By default, if GNU extensions are enabled, a word is a sequence of
-letters; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{\w+}.  When GNU extensions are
+By default, if @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, a word is a sequence of
+letters; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{\w+}.  When @sc{gnu} extensions are
 disabled, a word is by default anything which ends with a space, a tab
 or a newline; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{[^ \t\n]+}.
 
@@ -2887,14 +2899,14 @@ the corresponding characters by @code{ptx} itself.
 
 Output format is mainly controlled by the @samp{-O} and @samp{-T} options
 described in the table below.  When neither @samp{-O} nor @samp{-T} are
-selected, and if GNU extensions are enabled, the program chooses an
+selected, and if @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, the program chooses an
 output format suitable for a dumb terminal.  Each keyword occurrence is
 output to the center of one line, surrounded by its left and right
 contexts.  Each field is properly justified, so the concordance output
 can be readily observed.  As a special feature, if automatic
 references are selected by option @samp{-A} and are output before the
 left context, that is, if option @samp{-R} is @emph{not} selected, then
-a colon is added after the reference; this nicely interfaces with GNU
+a colon is added after the reference; this nicely interfaces with @sc{gnu}
 Emacs @code{next-error} processing.  In this default output format, each
 white space character, like newline and tab, is merely changed to
 exactly one space, with no special attempt to compress consecutive
@@ -2915,13 +2927,13 @@ output line.
 @item -w @var{number}
 @itemx --width=@var{number}
 
-Select the output maximum width of each final line.  If references are
-used, they are included or excluded from the output maximum width
+Select the maximum output width of each final line.  If references are
+used, they are included or excluded from the maximum output width
 depending on the value of option @samp{-R}.  If this option is not
 selected, that is, when references are output before the left context,
-the output maximum width takes into account the maximum length of all
+the maximum output width takes into account the maximum length of all
 references.  If this option is selected, that is, when references are
-output after the right context, the output maximum width does not take
+output after the right context, the maximum output width does not take
 into account the space taken by references, nor the gap that precedes
 them.
 
@@ -2938,17 +2950,16 @@ reference is used at output time, overriding the input reference.
 @item -R
 @itemx --right-side-refs
 
-In default output format, when option @samp{-R} is not used, any
-reference produced by the effect of options @samp{-r} or @samp{-A} are
-given to the far right of output lines, after the right context.  In
-default output format, when option @samp{-R} is specified, references
-are rather given to the beginning of each output line, before the left
-context.  For any other output format, option @samp{-R} is almost
-ignored, except for the fact that the width of references is @emph{not}
-taken into account in total output width given by @samp{-w} whenever
-@samp{-R} is selected.
+In the default output format, when option @samp{-R} is not used, any
+references produced by the effect of options @samp{-r} or @samp{-A} are
+placed to the far right of output lines, after the right context.  With
+default output format, when the @samp{-R} option is specified, references
+are rather placed at the beginning of each output line, before the left
+context.  For any other output format, option @samp{-R} is
+ignored, with one exception:  with @samp{-R} the width of references
+is @emph{not} taken into account in total output width given by @samp{-w}.
 
-This option is automatically selected whenever GNU extensions are
+This option is automatically selected whenever @sc{gnu} extensions are
 disabled.
 
 @item -F @var{string}
@@ -2990,8 +3001,8 @@ processing.  Each output line will look like:
 @end smallexample
 
 so it will be possible to write a @samp{.xx} roff macro to take care of
-the output typesetting.  This is the default output format when GNU
-extensions are disabled.  Option @samp{-M} might be used to change
+the output typesetting.  This is the default output format when @sc{gnu}
+extensions are disabled.  Option @samp{-M} can be used to change
 @samp{xx} to another macro name.
 
 In this output format, each non-graphical character, like newline and
@@ -3014,48 +3025,48 @@ so it will be possible to write a @code{\xx} definition to take care of
 the output typesetting.  Note that when references are not being
 produced, that is, neither option @samp{-A} nor option @samp{-r} is
 selected, the last parameter of each @code{\xx} call is inhibited.
-Option @samp{-M} might be used to change @samp{xx} to another macro
+Option @samp{-M} can be used to change @samp{xx} to another macro
 name.
 
 In this output format, some special characters, like @kbd{$}, @kbd{%},
 @kbd{&}, @kbd{#} and @kbd{_} are automatically protected with a
-backslash.  Curly brackets @kbd{@{}, @kbd{@}} are also protected with a
-backslash, but also enclosed in a pair of dollar signs to force
-mathematical mode.  The backslash itself produces the sequence
-@code{\backslash@{@}}.  Circumflex and tilde diacritics produce the
-sequence @code{^\@{ @}} and @code{~\@{ @}} respectively.  Other
-diacriticized characters of the underlying character set produce an
-appropriate @TeX{} sequence as far as possible.  The other non-graphical
-characters, like newline and tab, and all others characters which are
-not part of @sc{ascii}, are merely changed to exactly one space, with no
-special attempt to compress consecutive spaces.  Let me know how to
-improve this special character processing for @TeX{}.
+backslash.  Curly brackets @kbd{@{}, @kbd{@}} are protected with a
+backslash and a pair of dollar signs (to force mathematical mode).  The
+backslash itself produces the sequence @code{\backslash@{@}}.
+Circumflex and tilde diacritics produce the sequence @code{^\@{ @}} and
+@code{~\@{ @}} respectively.  Other diacriticized characters of the
+underlying character set produce an appropriate @TeX{} sequence as far
+as possible.  The other non-graphical characters, like newline and tab,
+and all other characters which are not part of @sc{ascii}, are merely
+changed to exactly one space, with no special attempt to compress
+consecutive spaces.  Let me know how to improve this special character
+processing for @TeX{}.
 
 @end table
 
 
 @node Compatibility in ptx
-@subsection The GNU extensions to @code{ptx}
+@subsection The @sc{gnu} extensions to @code{ptx}
 
 This version of @code{ptx} contains a few features which do not exist in
 System V @code{ptx}.  These extra features are suppressed by using the
 @samp{-G} command line option, unless overridden by other command line
-options.  Some GNU extensions cannot be recovered by overriding, so the
-simple rule is to avoid @samp{-G} if you care about GNU extensions.
+options.  Some @sc{gnu} extensions cannot be recovered by overriding, so the
+simple rule is to avoid @samp{-G} if you care about @sc{gnu} extensions.
 Here are the differences between this program and System V @code{ptx}.
 
 @itemize @bullet
 
 @item
 This program can read many input files at once, it always writes the
-resulting concordance on standard output.  On the other end, System V
-@code{ptx} reads only one file and produce the result on standard output
+resulting concordance on standard output.  On the other hand, System V
+@code{ptx} reads only one file and sends the result to standard output
 or, if a second @var{file} parameter is given on the command, to that
 @var{file}.
 
-Having output parameters not introduced by options is a quite dangerous
-practice which GNU avoids as far as possible.  So, for using @code{ptx}
-portably between GNU and System V, you should always use it with a
+Having output parameters not introduced by options is a dangerous
+practice which @sc{gnu} avoids as far as possible.  So, for using @code{ptx}
+portably between @sc{gnu} and System V, you should always use it with a
 single input file, and always expect the result on standard output.  You
 might also want to automatically configure in a @samp{-G} option to
 @code{ptx} calls in products using @code{ptx}, if the configurator finds
@@ -3064,9 +3075,9 @@ that the installed @code{ptx} accepts @samp{-G}.
 @item
 The only options available in System V @code{ptx} are options @samp{-b},
 @samp{-f}, @samp{-g}, @samp{-i}, @samp{-o}, @samp{-r}, @samp{-t} and
-@samp{-w}.  All other options are GNU extensions and are not repeated in
+@samp{-w}.  All other options are @sc{gnu} extensions and are not repeated in
 this enumeration.  Moreover, some options have a slightly different
-meaning when GNU extensions are enabled, as explained below.
+meaning when @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, as explained below.
 
 @item
 By default, concordance output is not formatted for @code{troff} or
@@ -3075,29 +3086,29 @@ or @code{nroff} output may still be selected through option @samp{-O}.
 
 @item
 Unless @samp{-R} option is used, the maximum reference width is
-subtracted from the total output line width.  With GNU extensions
+subtracted from the total output line width.  With @sc{gnu} extensions
 disabled, width of references is not taken into account in the output
 line width computations.
 
 @item
 All 256 characters, even @kbd{NUL}s, are always read and processed from
-input file with no adverse effect, even if GNU extensions are disabled.
+input file with no adverse effect, even if @sc{gnu} extensions are disabled.
 However, System V @code{ptx} does not accept 8-bit characters, a few
 control characters are rejected, and the tilde @kbd{~} is also rejected.
 
 @item
-Input line length is only limited by available memory, even if GNU
+Input line length is only limited by available memory, even if @sc{gnu}
 extensions are disabled.  However, System V @code{ptx} processes only
 the first 200 characters in each line.
 
 @item
 The break (non-word) characters default to be every character except all
-letters of the underlying character set, diacriticized or not.  When GNU
+letters of the underlying character set, diacriticized or not.  When @sc{gnu}
 extensions are disabled, the break characters default to space, tab and
 newline only.
 
 @item
-The program makes better use of output line width.  If GNU extensions
+The program makes better use of output line width.  If @sc{gnu} extensions
 are disabled, the program rather tries to imitate System V @code{ptx},
 but still, there are some slight disposition glitches this program does
 not completely reproduce.
@@ -3134,7 +3145,7 @@ cut [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 In the table which follows, the @var{byte-list}, @var{character-list},
 and @var{field-list} are one or more numbers or ranges (two numbers
 separated by a dash) separated by commas.  Bytes, characters, and
-fields are numbered from starting at 1.  Incomplete ranges may be
+fields are numbered starting at 1.  Incomplete ranges may be
 given: @samp{-@var{m}} means @samp{1-@var{m}}; @samp{@var{n}-} means
 @samp{@var{n}} through end of line or last field.
 
@@ -3165,6 +3176,8 @@ take up 1 character.
 @opindex --fields
 Print only the fields listed in @var{field-list}.  Fields are
 separated by a TAB character by default.
+Also print any line that contains no delimiter character, unless
+the @samp{--only-delimited} (@samp{-s}) option is specified
 
 @item -d @var{input_delim_byte}
 @itemx --delimiter=@var{input_delim_byte}
@@ -3330,7 +3343,7 @@ Print a line for each unpairable line in file @var{file-number}
 
 @end table
 
-In addition, when GNU @code{join} is invoked with exactly one argument,
+In addition, when @sc{gnu} @code{join} is invoked with exactly one argument,
 options @samp{--help} and @samp{--version} are recognized.  @xref{Common
 options}.
 
@@ -3438,7 +3451,7 @@ from @var{m} through @var{n}, in ascending order.  @var{m} should
 collate before @var{n}; if it doesn't, an error results.  As an example,
 @samp{0-9} is the same as @samp{0123456789}.
 
-GNU @code{tr} does not support the System V syntax that uses square
+@sc{gnu} @code{tr} does not support the System V syntax that uses square
 brackets to enclose ranges.  Translations specified in that format
 sometimes work as expected, since the brackets are often transliterated
 to themselves.  However, they should be avoided because they sometimes
@@ -3526,7 +3539,7 @@ The syntax @samp{[=@var{c}=]} expands to all of the characters that are
 equivalent to @var{c}, in no particular order.  Equivalence classes are
 a relatively recent invention intended to support non-English alphabets.
 But there seems to be no standard way to define them or determine their
-contents.  Therefore, they are not fully implemented in GNU @code{tr};
+contents.  Therefore, they are not fully implemented in @sc{gnu} @code{tr};
 each character's equivalence class consists only of that character,
 which is of no particular use.
 
@@ -3574,8 +3587,8 @@ BSD @code{tr} pads @var{set2} to the length of @var{set1} by repeating
 the last character of @var{set2} as many times as necessary.  System V
 @code{tr} truncates @var{set1} to the length of @var{set2}.
 
-By default, GNU @code{tr} handles this case like BSD @code{tr}.  When
-the @samp{--truncate-set1} (@samp{-t}) option is given, GNU @code{tr}
+By default, @sc{gnu} @code{tr} handles this case like BSD @code{tr}.  When
+the @samp{--truncate-set1} (@samp{-t}) option is given, @sc{gnu} @code{tr}
 handles this case like the System V @code{tr} instead.  This option is
 ignored for operations other than translation.
 
@@ -3714,7 +3727,7 @@ following warning and error messages, for strict compliance with
 
 @item
 When the @samp{--delete} option is given but @samp{--squeeze-repeats}
-is not, and @var{set2} is given, GNU @code{tr} by default prints
+is not, and @var{set2} is given, @sc{gnu} @code{tr} by default prints
 a usage message and exits, because @var{set2} would not be used.
 The @sc{posix} specification says that @var{set2} must be ignored in
 this case. Silently ignoring arguments is a bad idea.
@@ -3726,9 +3739,9 @@ value 400 octal does not fit into a single byte.
 
 @end enumerate
 
-GNU @code{tr} does not provide complete BSD or System V compatibility.
+@sc{gnu} @code{tr} does not provide complete BSD or System V compatibility.
 For example, it is impossible to disable interpretation of the @sc{posix}
-constructs @samp{[:alpha:]}, @samp{[=c=]}, and @samp{[c*10]}.  Also, GNU
+constructs @samp{[:alpha:]}, @samp{[=c=]}, and @samp{[c*10]}.  Also, @sc{gnu}
 @code{tr} does not delete zero bytes automatically, unlike traditional
 Unix versions, which provide no way to preserve zero bytes.
 
@@ -3853,13 +3866,13 @@ Robbins.
 @node Toolbox introduction
 @unnumberedsec Toolbox introduction
 
-This month's column is only peripherally related to the GNU Project, in
-that it describes a number of the GNU tools on your Linux system and how they
-might be used.  What it's really about is the ``Software Tools'' philosophy
+This month's column is only peripherally related to the @sc{gnu} Project, in
+that it describes a number of the @sc{gnu} tools on your Linux system and how
+they might be used.  What it's really about is the ``Software Tools'' philosophy
 of program development and usage.
 
 The software tools philosophy was an important and integral concept
-in the initial design and development of Unix (of which Linux and GNU are
+in the initial design and development of Unix (of which Linux and @sc{gnu} are
 essentially clones).  Unfortunately, in the modern day press of
 Internetworking and flashy GUIs, it seems to have fallen by the
 wayside.  This is a shame, since it provides a powerful mental model
@@ -4352,8 +4365,8 @@ appropriate tool, build one.
 As of this writing, all the programs we've discussed are available via
 anonymous @code{ftp} from @code{prep.ai.mit.edu} as
 @file{/pub/gnu/textutils-1.9.tar.gz}.@footnote{Version 1.9 was current
-when this column was written. Check the nearest GNU archive for the
-current version.  The main GNU FTP site is now @code{ftp.gnu.org}.}
+when this column was written. Check the nearest @sc{gnu} archive for the
+current version.  The main @sc{gnu} FTP site is now @code{ftp.gnu.org}.}
 
 None of what I have presented in this column is new. The Software Tools
 philosophy was first introduced in the book @cite{Software Tools},
@@ -4379,8 +4392,8 @@ whose members had ported the original @code{ratfor} programs to essentially
 every computer system with a FORTRAN compiler.  The popularity of the
 group waned in the middle '80s as Unix began to spread beyond universities.
 
-With the current proliferation of GNU code and other clones of Unix programs,
-these programs now receive little attention; modern C versions are
+With the current proliferation of @sc{gnu} code and other clones of Unix
+programs, these programs now receive little attention; modern C versions are
 much more efficient and do more than these programs do.  Nevertheless, as
 exposition of good programming style, and evangelism for a still-valuable
 philosophy, these books are unparalleled, and I recommend them highly.

lib/.gdb-history

@@ -217,3 +217,13 @@ p delta
 n
 p Start
 q
+b dir_name
+r
+n
+p slash
+n
+n
+n
+p slash
+p slash - path + 1
+q

lib/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,353 @@
+2001-01-15  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (print_unicode_char): Cast the second iconv() arg,
+	to avoid a warning.  Add back 'const' to inptr.
+
+2001-01-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* basename.c: Include <stdio.h>, needed by assert on SunOS4.
+	From Bruno Haible.
+
+2001-01-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* rename.c: New file.  From Volker Borchert.
+	Include stdlib.h, string.h or strings.h, and xalloc.h.
+	Use strip_trailing_slashes rather than open-coding it.
+
+2001-01-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/strftime.c: Sync with glibc time/strftime.c 1.81.
+
+2001-01-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (print_unicode_char): Remove `const' from declaration of
+	local `inptr' to avoid warning with some system declarations of iconv.
+
+2000-12-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/modechange.c: Do not assume that mode_t uses the
+	traditional octal encoding.  E.g. "chmod 1 FOO" should set
+	the other-execute bit of FOO even if S_IXOTH != 1.
+
+	(SUID, SGID, SVTX, RUSR, WUSR, XUSR, RGRP, WGRP, XGRP, ROTH,
+	WOTH, XOTH, ALLM): New macros.
+	(S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX, S_IRUSR, S_IWUSR, S_IXUSR,
+	 S_IRGRP, S_IWGRP, S_IXGRP, S_IROTH, S_IWOTH, S_IXOTH):
+	Use them.
+	(S_ISGID): Fix typo; it was defaulting to the same value as S_ISUID.
+	(S_IRWXU, S_IRWXG, S_IRWXO): Specify defaults in terms of the above.
+	(mode_compile):
+	No need to use uintmax_t; unsigned long is long enough.
+	Don't bother to get suffix since we don't use it.
+
+2000-12-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hash.c (is_prime): Return explicit boolean values.
+	(hash_get_first): Return NULL to appease Irix5.6's 89.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+2000-10-31  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* localcharset.c (locale_charset): Add support for Win32.
+
+2000-12-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* physmem.h, physmem.c: New files.
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add physmem.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add physmem.h.
+
+	* xstrtol.c (__xstrtol): Add undocumented suffixes 'g' and
+	't' for compatibility with Solaris 8 sort.
+
+2000-12-18  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add support for BeOS.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getusershell.c [!SHELLS_FILE && __DJGPP__]: Define
+	SHELLS_FILE to a file name that's useful on djgpp systems.
+	Include stdlib.h.
+	(ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS): Define.
+	(default_shells): Prepend ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS.
+	Based mostly on a patch from Prashant TR.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	This bug had a serious impact on chown: `chown N:M FILE' (for integer
+	N and M) would have treated it like `chown N:N FILE'.
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): Fix typo: s/u/g/.
+
+2000-10-31  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add ISO-8859-3, BIG5HKSCS, GB18030, JOHAB, VISCII,
+	CP874, CP949, CP950, CP1250, CP1253, CP1254, CP1255, CP1256, CP1257
+	to the list of canonical encodings. Rename EUC-CN to GB2312.
+
+2000-12-08  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@suse.de>
+
+	* mbswidth.c (mbsnwidth): Don't loop endlessly when called with an
+	invalid mulitbyte sequence and with the MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID flag set.
+
+2000-12-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* stripslash.c (ISSLASH): Define.
+	(strip_trailing_slashes): Use ISSLASH rather than comparing against `/'.
+	From Prashant TR.
+
+	* dirname.c (FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN): Define.
+	(dir_name_r): Declare this function as static.
+	[BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR]: Fix a bug that'd
+	manifest itself on a name containing a mix of slashes and
+	backslashes.
+	Make this function work with names starting with a DOS-style
+	drive letter and colon prefix.
+	(dir_name): Append `.' if necessary.
+	Based mostly on patches from Prashant TR and Eli Zaretskii.
+
+	* dirname.h (dir_name_r): Remove prototype.
+
+2000-12-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name_r): Add `const' in a few local declarations.
+
+2000-12-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* path-concat.c: [!HAVE_DECL_MALLOC]: Declare malloc.
+	Also include memory.h, stdlib.h, unistd.h if appropriate.
+	Reported by Andreas Jaeger (conflicting declaration of malloc).
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.h: Make idempotent, to avoid some obscure warnings.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/memrchr.c: Include <config.h> before any system include file.
+
+2000-11-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/dirname.c (dir_name_r): Fix typo: int -> size_t.
+
+2000-11-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* memcoll.c: Include sys/types.h.  From Werner Almesberger.
+
+2000-11-22  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/strftime.c (my_strftime): Do not invoke mbrlen with a
+	size of (size_t) -1; it's not portable.
+
+2000-11-17  Akim Demaille  <akim@epita.fr>
+
+	* lib/obstack.h: Formatting changes.
+	(obstack_grow, obstack_grow0): Don't cast WHERE at all: that would
+	prevent type checking.
+	(obstack_ptr_grow, obstack_ptr_grow_fast): When assigning, don't
+	cast the value to (void *): assigning a `foo *' to a `void *'
+	variable is valid.
+	(obstack_int_grow, obstack_int_grow_fast): Don't cast AINT to int.
+
+2000-11-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strstr.c: Update from GNU libc.
+
+2000-11-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strverscmp.c: Incorporate weak-alias-related changes from glibc.
+
+2000-11-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* error.c: Add a couple #includes, merging from GNU libc version.
+
+2000-11-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* obstack.h: Update from GNU libc.
+	* obstack.c: Likewise.
+
+2000-11-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* getusershell.c (setusershell): Use rewind rather than
+	fseek/fseeko, to avoid configuration hassles with fseeko.
+	Don't bother opening SHELLS_FILE if shellstream is NULL;
+	it's not necessary.
+
+2000-11-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* makepath.h (make_dir): Declare.
+	* makepath.c (make_dir): Remove `static' attribute.
+	Tweak a comment.
+
+2000-11-04  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* hash.c (hash_get_next): Fix a thinko:  when ENTRY is the
+	last one in a bucket, advance to the next bucket.
+
+2000-11-02  Vesselin Atanasov  <vesselin@bgnet.bg>
+
+	* fnmatch.c: Do not comment out all the code if we are using
+	the GNU C library, because in some cases we are replacing buggy
+	code in the GNU C library itself.
+
+2000-10-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* error.h, getline.h, modechange.h:
+	Remove "2000" from Copyright line, as the file hasn't been
+	changed this year other than in the copyright notice.
+
+	* xalloc.h: Add "2000" to Copyright line, as this file
+	was changed this year.
+
+2000-10-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* fnmatch.c (FOLD): Do not assume that characters are unsigned.
+	(fnmatch): Fix some FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_LEADING_DIR bugs,
+	e.g. fnmatch("d*/*1", "d/s/1", FNM_FILE_NAME) incorrectly yielded zero.
+
+2000-10-29  Greg Louis  <glouis@dynamicro.on.ca>
+
+	* regex.h (__restrict_arr): Move definition out of #ifndef block.
+	Required because egcs-2.91.66 (aka 1.1.2) defines __restrict, but
+	doesn't define __restrict_arr.
+
+2000-10-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xstat.in: Fix grammar in comment.
+
+2000-10-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* memchr.c: Update from libc.
+	Adjust for portability:
+	[HAVE_STDLIB_H]: Include stdlib.h.
+	[HAVE_BP_SYM_H || _LIBC]: Guard inclusion of bp-sym.h.
+	Undef __memchr, too.
+	[!weak_alias]: Define __memchr to memchr.
+
+	* regex.c: Update from libc.
+	* regex.h: Likewise.
+	* getopt1.c: Likewise.
+	* memcmp.c: Likewise.
+
+	* getusershell.c (setusershell) [HAVE_FSEEKO]: Use fseeko.
+	Avoid using fseek, when possible -- it's broken by design.
+	Patch by Ulrich Drepper.
+
+2000-10-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strftime.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-10-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* obstack.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-10-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hard-locale.c (hard_locale): Revert last change -- it was simply
+	wrong.  That set_locale call must not have any side effects.
+	From Paul Eggert.
+
+2000-10-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* md5.c (md5_process_block) [OP]: Use `rol', not CYCLIC.
+	[CYCLIC]: Remove now-unused definition.
+
+	* save-cwd.c (O_DIRECTORY): Define, if needed.
+	(save_cwd) [HAVE_FCHDIR]: Use O_DIRECTORY when opening ".".
+	Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name_r): New function, factored out of dir_name.
+	(dir_name): Use dir_name_r.
+	* dirname.h (dir_name_r): Declare it.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (memrchr): Declare if necessary.
+	(dir_name): Remove the restriction that there be no
+	trailing slashes.  Now, this code skips past them, effectively
+	ignoring them.
+	[TEST_DIRNAME] (main): New unit tests.
+
+	* memrchr.c: New file from GNU libc.
+	Undef __memrchr, too.
+	[!weak_alias]: Define __memrchr to memrchr.
+	Guard weak_alias use with `#ifdef weak_alias'.
+
+2000-10-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quote.h (PARAMS): Define and use.
+	Reported by Akim Demaille.
+
+	* getopt.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-10-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hard-locale.c (hard_locale): Use "", not 0 as 2nd arg to setlocale.
+	From Jan Fedak.
+
+2000-09-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* md5.h (rol): Define (from GnuPG).
+
+	* sha.c: Give credit (GnuPG) where due.
+	(M): Use rol rather than open-coding it.
+	Add a FIXME comment.
+
+2000-09-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): Remove debugging printf I'd added.
+	Reported by Michael Stone.
+
+2000-09-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add sha.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add sha.h.
+	Based on code from Scott G. Miller and from GnuPG.
+
+2000-09-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-09-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getopt.c (_getopt_internal): Update from glibc.
+
+2000-09-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c: Rename ISASCII to IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN, so people don't
+	think it should be used as a general replacement for isascii.
+	* fnmatch.c: Likewise.
+	* mbswidth.c: Likewise
+	* regex.c: Likewise.
+
+	Don't use atoi.
+	* userspec.c: Include sys/param.h and limits.h.
+	Include xstrtol.h.
+	(CHAR_BIT, TYPE_SIGNED, TYPE_MINIMUM, TYPE_MAXIMUM): Define.
+	(UID_T_MAX, GID_T_MAX, MAXUID, MAXGID): Define.
+	(parse_user_spec): Use xstrtoul, not atoi when converting numeric
+	UID, GID.  Check range.
+
+2000-09-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getopt.c (_getopt_internal): Update from glibc.
+
+2000-08-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strftime.c: Merge in changes from GNU libc.
+
+2000-08-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.c: Include "__fpending.h".
+	(close_stdout_status): Return right away if there's nothing to flush.
+
+	* Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add __fpending.h.
+	* __fpending.c: New file.
+	* __fpending.h: New file.
+
 2000-08-07  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
 
 	Standardize on "memory exhausted" instead of "Memory exhausted"

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
   full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getstr.c getugroups.c hard-locale.c hash.c \
   human.c idcache.c isdir.c linebuffer.c localcharset.c long-options.c \
   makepath.c mbswidth.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c \
-  path-concat.c \
+  path-concat.c physmem.c \
   quote.c quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
-  savedir.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
+  savedir.c sha.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
   xgethostname.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtod.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c \
   xstrtoumax.c yesno.c
 
@@ -24,12 +24,14 @@ libfetish_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfetish_a_LIBADD)
 
 noinst_HEADERS = \
   argmatch.h backupfile.h bumpalloc.h closeout.h diacrit.h dirname.h error.h \
-  exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h getdate.h getline.h getopt.h \
+  exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h __fpending.h fsusage.h \
+  getdate.h getline.h getopt.h \
   getstr.h getpagesize.h group-member.h hard-locale.h hash.h human.h lchown.h \
   linebuffer.h long-options.h mbswidth.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
   makepath.h mbswidth.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
-  path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
-  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h \
+  path-concat.h pathmax.h physmem.h posixtm.h \
+  quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
+  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h sha.h \
   strverscmp.h unicodeio.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -128,9 +129,9 @@ libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
   full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getstr.c getugroups.c hard-locale.c hash.c \
   human.c idcache.c isdir.c linebuffer.c localcharset.c long-options.c \
   makepath.c mbswidth.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c \
-  path-concat.c \
+  path-concat.c physmem.c \
   quote.c quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
-  savedir.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
+  savedir.c sha.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
   xgethostname.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtod.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c \
   xstrtoumax.c yesno.c
 
@@ -140,12 +141,14 @@ libfetish_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfetish_a_LIBADD)
 
 noinst_HEADERS = \
   argmatch.h backupfile.h bumpalloc.h closeout.h diacrit.h dirname.h error.h \
-  exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h getdate.h getline.h getopt.h \
+  exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h __fpending.h fsusage.h \
+  getdate.h getline.h getopt.h \
   getstr.h getpagesize.h group-member.h hard-locale.h hash.h human.h lchown.h \
   linebuffer.h long-options.h mbswidth.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
   makepath.h mbswidth.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
-  path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
-  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h \
+  path-concat.h pathmax.h physmem.h posixtm.h \
+  quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
+  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h sha.h \
   strverscmp.h unicodeio.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h
 
 
@@ -178,11 +181,12 @@ diacrit$U.o dirname$U.o exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o \
 getopt$U.o getopt1$U.o getstr$U.o getugroups$U.o hard-locale$U.o \
 hash$U.o human$U.o idcache$U.o isdir$U.o linebuffer$U.o \
 localcharset$U.o long-options$U.o makepath$U.o mbswidth$U.o md5$U.o \
-memcasecmp$U.o memcoll$U.o modechange$U.o path-concat$U.o quote$U.o \
-quotearg$U.o readtokens$U.o safe-read$U.o same$U.o save-cwd$U.o \
-savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o unicodeio$U.o userspec$U.o version-etc$U.o \
-xgetcwd$U.o xgethostname$U.o xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o xstrtod$U.o \
-xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o xstrtoumax$U.o yesno$U.o
+memcasecmp$U.o memcoll$U.o modechange$U.o path-concat$U.o physmem$U.o \
+quote$U.o quotearg$U.o readtokens$U.o safe-read$U.o same$U.o \
+save-cwd$U.o savedir$U.o sha$U.o stripslash$U.o unicodeio$U.o \
+userspec$U.o version-etc$U.o xgetcwd$U.o xgethostname$U.o xmalloc$U.o \
+xstrdup$U.o xstrtod$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o xstrtoumax$U.o \
+yesno$U.o
 libfetish_a_OBJECTS =  $(am_libfetish_a_OBJECTS)
 AR = ar
 COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
@@ -193,35 +197,37 @@ DIST_SOURCES =  $(libfetish_a_SOURCES)
 HEADERS =  $(noinst_HEADERS)
 
 depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
-DEP_FILES =  @AMDEP@ $(DEPDIR)/addext$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/argmatch$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/atexit.Po $(DEPDIR)/backupfile$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/basename$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/canon-host$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/chown.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/closeout$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/diacrit$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/dirname$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/dup2.Po $(DEPDIR)/error.Po $(DEPDIR)/euidaccess.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/exclude$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/fileblocks.Po $(DEPDIR)/filemode$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/fnmatch.Po $(DEPDIR)/fsusage.Po $(DEPDIR)/ftruncate.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/full-write$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/getdate$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/getgroups.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/gethostname.Po $(DEPDIR)/getline.Po $(DEPDIR)/getloadavg.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/getopt$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/getopt1$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/getpass.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/getstr$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/getugroups$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/getusershell.Po $(DEPDIR)/group-member.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/hard-locale$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/hash$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/human$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/idcache$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/isdir$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/lchown.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/linebuffer$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/localcharset$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/long-options$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/lstat.Po $(DEPDIR)/makepath$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/mbswidth$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/md5$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/memcasecmp$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/memcoll$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcpy.Po $(DEPDIR)/memmove.Po \
+DEP_FILES =  @AMDEP@ $(DEPDIR)/__fpending.Po $(DEPDIR)/addext$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po $(DEPDIR)/argmatch$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/atexit.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/backupfile$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/basename$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/canon-host$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/chown.Po $(DEPDIR)/closeout$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/diacrit$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/dirname$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/dup2.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/error.Po $(DEPDIR)/euidaccess.Po $(DEPDIR)/exclude$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/fileblocks.Po $(DEPDIR)/filemode$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/fnmatch.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/fsusage.Po $(DEPDIR)/ftruncate.Po $(DEPDIR)/full-write$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/getdate$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/getgroups.Po $(DEPDIR)/gethostname.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/getline.Po $(DEPDIR)/getloadavg.Po $(DEPDIR)/getopt$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/getopt1$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/getpass.Po $(DEPDIR)/getstr$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/getugroups$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/getusershell.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/group-member.Po $(DEPDIR)/hard-locale$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/hash$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/human$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/idcache$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/isdir$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/lchown.Po $(DEPDIR)/linebuffer$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/localcharset$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/long-options$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/lstat.Po $(DEPDIR)/makepath$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/mbswidth$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/md5$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcasecmp$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcoll$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/memcpy.Po $(DEPDIR)/memmove.Po $(DEPDIR)/memrchr.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/memset.Po $(DEPDIR)/mktime.Po $(DEPDIR)/modechange$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/mountlist.Po $(DEPDIR)/nanosleep.Po $(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/path-concat$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/posixtm$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/putenv.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/quotearg$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/readtokens$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/readutmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/regex.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/path-concat$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/physmem$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/posixtm$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/putenv.Po $(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/quotearg$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/readtokens$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/readutmp.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/regex.Po $(DEPDIR)/rename.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/rmdir.Po $(DEPDIR)/rpmatch.Po $(DEPDIR)/safe-read$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/same$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/save-cwd$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/savedir$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/stat.Po $(DEPDIR)/stime.Po $(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/strcasecmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/strcspn.Po $(DEPDIR)/strdup.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/strftime.Po $(DEPDIR)/stripslash$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/sha$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/stat.Po $(DEPDIR)/stime.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po $(DEPDIR)/strcasecmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/strcspn.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/strdup.Po $(DEPDIR)/strftime.Po $(DEPDIR)/stripslash$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/strncasecmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/strndup.Po $(DEPDIR)/strnlen.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/strpbrk.Po $(DEPDIR)/strstr.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtod.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/strtol.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtoul.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtoull.Po \
@@ -232,15 +238,15 @@ $(DEPDIR)/xmalloc$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrdup$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrtod$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/xstrtol$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrtoul$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/xstrtoumax$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/yesno$U.Po
 DIST_COMMON =  README $(noinst_HEADERS) ChangeLog Makefile.am \
-Makefile.in TODO alloca.c atexit.c chown.c dup2.c error.c error.h \
-euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c getdate.c \
-getgroups.c gethostname.c getline.c getloadavg.c getpass.c \
+Makefile.in TODO __fpending.c alloca.c atexit.c chown.c dup2.c error.c \
+error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
+getdate.c getgroups.c gethostname.c getline.c getloadavg.c getpass.c \
 getusershell.c group-member.c lchown.c malloc.c memchr.c memcmp.c \
-memcpy.c memmove.c memset.c mktime.c mountlist.c nanosleep.c obstack.c \
-obstack.h putenv.c readutmp.c realloc.c regex.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c \
-stime.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strcspn.c strdup.c strftime.c \
-strncasecmp.c strndup.c strnlen.c strpbrk.c strstr.c strtod.c strtol.c \
-strtoul.c strtoull.c strtoumax.c strverscmp.c utime.c
+memcpy.c memmove.c memrchr.c memset.c mktime.c mountlist.c nanosleep.c \
+obstack.c obstack.h putenv.c readutmp.c realloc.c regex.c rename.c \
+rmdir.c rpmatch.c stime.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strcspn.c strdup.c \
+strftime.c strncasecmp.c strndup.c strnlen.c strpbrk.c strstr.c \
+strtod.c strtol.c strtoul.c strtoull.c strtoumax.c strverscmp.c utime.c
 
 
 DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
@@ -251,7 +257,7 @@ OBJECTS = $(am_libfetish_a_OBJECTS)
 
 all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .sed .sin .y
+.SUFFIXES: .sed .sin .c .o .y
 $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile
 
@@ -298,6 +304,8 @@ libfetish.a: $(libfetish_a_OBJECTS) $(libfetish_a_DEPENDENCIES)
 	-rm -f libfetish.a
 	$(libfetish_a_AR) libfetish.a $(libfetish_a_OBJECTS) $(libfetish_a_LIBADD)
 	$(RANLIB) libfetish.a
+__fpending_.c: __fpending.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/__fpending.c; then echo $(srcdir)/__fpending.c; else echo __fpending.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > __fpending_.c
 addext_.c: addext.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > addext_.c
 alloca_.c: alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -404,6 +412,8 @@ memcpy_.c: memcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcpy_.c
 memmove_.c: memmove.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memmove.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memmove.c; else echo memmove.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memmove_.c
+memrchr_.c: memrchr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memrchr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memrchr.c; else echo memrchr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memrchr_.c
 memset_.c: memset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memset_.c
 mktime_.c: mktime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -418,6 +428,8 @@ obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
 path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
+physmem_.c: physmem.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/physmem.c; then echo $(srcdir)/physmem.c; else echo physmem.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > physmem_.c
 posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
 putenv_.c: putenv.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -434,6 +446,8 @@ realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c
 regex_.c: regex.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > regex_.c
+rename_.c: rename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rename_.c
 rmdir_.c: rmdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rmdir_.c
 rpmatch_.c: rpmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -446,6 +460,8 @@ save-cwd_.c: save-cwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > save-cwd_.c
 savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
+sha_.c: sha.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/sha.c; then echo $(srcdir)/sha.c; else echo sha.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > sha_.c
 stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
 stime_.c: stime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -510,22 +526,23 @@ xstrtoumax_.c: xstrtoumax.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoumax.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoumax.c; else echo xstrtoumax.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoumax_.c
 yesno_.c: yesno.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > yesno_.c
-addext_.o alloca_.o argmatch_.o atexit_.o backupfile_.o basename_.o \
-canon-host_.o chown_.o closeout_.o diacrit_.o dirname_.o dup2_.o \
-error_.o euidaccess_.o exclude_.o fileblocks_.o filemode_.o fnmatch_.o \
-fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o getgroups_.o \
-gethostname_.o getline_.o getloadavg_.o getopt_.o getopt1_.o getpass_.o \
-getstr_.o getugroups_.o getusershell_.o group-member_.o hard-locale_.o \
-hash_.o human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o lchown_.o linebuffer_.o \
-localcharset_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o makepath_.o malloc_.o \
-mbswidth_.o md5_.o memcasecmp_.o memchr_.o memcmp_.o memcoll_.o \
-memcpy_.o memmove_.o memset_.o mktime_.o modechange_.o mountlist_.o \
-nanosleep_.o obstack_.o path-concat_.o posixtm_.o putenv_.o quote_.o \
-quotearg_.o readtokens_.o readutmp_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rmdir_.o \
-rpmatch_.o safe-read_.o same_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o stime_.o \
-stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o strcspn_.o strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o \
-strncasecmp_.o strndup_.o strnlen_.o strpbrk_.o strstr_.o strtod_.o \
-strtol_.o strtoul_.o strtoull_.o strtoumax_.o strverscmp_.o \
+__fpending_.o addext_.o alloca_.o argmatch_.o atexit_.o backupfile_.o \
+basename_.o canon-host_.o chown_.o closeout_.o diacrit_.o dirname_.o \
+dup2_.o error_.o euidaccess_.o exclude_.o fileblocks_.o filemode_.o \
+fnmatch_.o fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o \
+getgroups_.o gethostname_.o getline_.o getloadavg_.o getopt_.o \
+getopt1_.o getpass_.o getstr_.o getugroups_.o getusershell_.o \
+group-member_.o hard-locale_.o hash_.o human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o \
+lchown_.o linebuffer_.o localcharset_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o \
+makepath_.o malloc_.o mbswidth_.o md5_.o memcasecmp_.o memchr_.o \
+memcmp_.o memcoll_.o memcpy_.o memmove_.o memrchr_.o memset_.o \
+mktime_.o modechange_.o mountlist_.o nanosleep_.o obstack_.o \
+path-concat_.o physmem_.o posixtm_.o putenv_.o quote_.o quotearg_.o \
+readtokens_.o readutmp_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o rmdir_.o \
+rpmatch_.o safe-read_.o same_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o sha_.o stat_.o \
+stime_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o strcspn_.o strdup_.o strftime_.o \
+stripslash_.o strncasecmp_.o strndup_.o strnlen_.o strpbrk_.o strstr_.o \
+strtod_.o strtol_.o strtoul_.o strtoull_.o strtoumax_.o strverscmp_.o \
 unicodeio_.o userspec_.o utime_.o version-etc_.o xgetcwd_.o \
 xgethostname_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtod_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o \
 xstrtoumax_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -560,6 +577,11 @@ TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
 	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
 	  || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $$unique $(LISP)
 
+GTAGS:
+	here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $$here
+
 mostlyclean-tags:
 
 clean-tags:
@@ -569,6 +591,7 @@ distclean-tags:
 
 maintainer-clean-tags:
 
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/__fpending.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/addext$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/argmatch$U.Po
@@ -622,6 +645,7 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memcoll$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memcpy.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memmove.Po
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memrchr.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memset.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/mktime.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/modechange$U.Po
@@ -629,6 +653,7 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/nanosleep.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/path-concat$U.Po
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/physmem$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/posixtm$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/putenv.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po
@@ -637,12 +662,14 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/readutmp.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/regex.Po
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/rename.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/rmdir.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/rpmatch.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/safe-read$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/same$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/save-cwd$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/savedir$U.Po
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/sha$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/stat.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/stime.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po
@@ -716,6 +743,9 @@ check-am: all-am
 check: check-am
 installcheck-am:
 installcheck: installcheck-am
+all-recursive-am: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
+
 install-exec-am: install-exec-local
 install-exec: install-exec-am
 
@@ -780,12 +810,12 @@ maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-kr distclean-kr clean-kr \
 maintainer-clean-kr tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags clean-tags \
 maintainer-clean-tags mostlyclean-depend distclean-depend clean-depend \
 maintainer-clean-depend distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \
-installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-local install-exec-am \
-install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
-uninstall-local uninstall-am uninstall all-local all-redirect all-am \
-all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \
-clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \
-maintainer-clean
+installcheck-am installcheck all-recursive-am install-exec-local \
+install-exec-am install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am \
+install uninstall-local uninstall-am uninstall all-local all-redirect \
+all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
+mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
 lstat.c: xstat.in
 	sed \

lib/__fpending.c

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* __fpending.c -- return the number of pending output bytes on a stream
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "__fpending.h"
+
+size_t
+__fpending (FILE *fp)
+{
+  return PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES;
+}

lib/__fpending.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+size_t __fpending (FILE *);
+#endif

lib/basename.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 
 #ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN

lib/closeout.c

@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "error.h"
 #include "quotearg.h"
+#include "__fpending.h"
 
 static int default_exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE;
 static const char *file_name;
@@ -86,11 +87,15 @@ close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
    It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
    tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
    on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
+
 void
 close_stdout_status (int status)
 {
   int e = ferror (stdout) ? 0 : -1;
 
+  if (__fpending (stdout) == 0)
+    return;
+
   if (fclose (stdout) != 0)
     e = errno;
 

lib/closeout.h

@@ -1,12 +1,17 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
+# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif
 
 void close_stdout_set_status PARAMS ((int status));
 void close_stdout_set_file_name PARAMS ((const char *file));
 void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
 void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));
+
+#endif

lib/config.charset

@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
 #   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
 #   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
 #   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
 #   ISO-8859-4                solaris                                   yes
 #   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
 #   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
@@ -41,28 +42,41 @@
 #   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
 #   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
 #   ISO-8859-13               glibc
-#   ISO-8859-15               aix solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix solaris freebsd
 #   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
 #   KOI8-U                    glibc                                     yes
 #   CP850                     aix osf
 #   CP856                     aix
 #   CP866                     freebsd
+#   CP874                     win32
 #   CP922                     aix
-#   CP932                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32
 #   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     win32
+#   CP950                     win32
 #   CP1046                    aix
 #   CP1124                    aix
 #   CP1129                    aix
-#   CP1251                    glibc
-#   CP1252                    aix
-#   EUC-CN                    aix hpux irix solaris
-#   EUC-JP                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
-#   EUC-KR                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
-#   EUC-TW                    aix hpux irix solaris
-#   BIG5                      aix hpux solaris                          yes
-#   GBK                       aix
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   BIG5HKSCS                 glibc
+#   GBK                       aix win32
+#   GB18030                   glibc
 #   SJIS                      hpux solaris
-#   TIS-620                   aix hpux solaris
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
 #   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
 #   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
 #   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
@@ -117,7 +131,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
 	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
 	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
-	echo "IBM-eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
 	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
@@ -146,7 +160,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "hp15CN EUC-CN"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
 	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
 	echo "SJIS SJIS"
 	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
@@ -157,7 +171,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
 	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
 	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
@@ -181,7 +195,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
 	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
 	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
-	echo "gb2312 EUC-CN"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
 	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
 	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
@@ -213,4 +227,8 @@ case "$os" in
 	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
 	done
 	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "C UTF-8"
+	;;
 esac

lib/dirname.c

@@ -34,72 +34,156 @@ char *malloc ();
 #endif
 #include <assert.h>
 
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
+void *memrchr ();
+#endif
+
 #include "dirname.h"
 
+#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#endif
+
 #ifndef ISSLASH
 # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
 #endif
 
 #define BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR ISSLASH ('\\')
 
-/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
-   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
-   Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
-   removed.  */
-
-char *
-dir_name (const char *path)
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)' and set *RESULT to point
+   to PATH or to `"."', as appropriate.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).
+   WARNING: This function doesn't work for cwd-relative names like
+   `a:foo' that are specified with a drive-letter prefix.  That case
+   is handled in the caller.  */
+static size_t
+dir_name_r (char const *path, char const **result)
 {
-  char *newpath;
-  char *slash;
-  int length;			/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
+  char const *slash;
+  size_t length;		/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
 
   slash = strrchr (path, '/');
   if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
     {
-      char *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
+      char const *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
       if (b && slash < b)
 	slash = b;
     }
 
-  /* Make sure there are no trailing slashes.  */
-  assert (slash == NULL	   /* There are no slashes in PATH.  */
-	  || slash[1] != 0 /* There is a non-NUL byte after the last slash.  */
-	  || path == slash /* PATH is just `/'.  */
-	  );
+  /* If the last byte of PATH is a slash, decrement SLASH until it's
+     pointing at the leftmost in a sequence of trailing slashes.  */
+  if (slash && slash[1] == 0)
+    {
+      while (path < slash && ISSLASH (slash[-1]))
+	{
+	  --slash;
+	}
+
+      if (path < slash)
+	{
+	  size_t len = slash - path;
+	  slash = memrchr (path, '/', len);
+	  if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    {
+	      char const *b = memrchr (path, '\\', len);
+	      if (b && slash < b)
+		slash = b;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
 
   if (slash == 0)
     {
       /* File is in the current directory.  */
-      path = ".";
-      length = 1;
+
+      length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+
+      if (length == 0)
+	{
+	  path = ".";
+	  length = 1;
+	}
     }
   else
     {
-      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  */
-      if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
-	{
-	  const char *lim = ((path[0] >= 'A' && path[0] <= 'z'
-			      && path[1] == ':')
-			     ? path + 2 : path);
+      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  If we have a
+	 canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
+      char const *lim = path + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
 
-	  /* If canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
-	  while (slash > lim && ISSLASH (*slash))
-	    --slash;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  while (slash > path && ISSLASH (*slash))
-	    --slash;
-	}
+      while (lim < slash && ISSLASH (*slash))
+	--slash;
 
       length = slash - path + 1;
     }
 
-  newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
+  *result = path;
+  return length;
+}
+
+/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
+   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *path)
+{
+  char const *result;
+  size_t length = dir_name_r (path, &result);
+  int append_dot = (length && length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (newpath));
+  char *newpath = (char *) malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
   if (newpath == 0)
     return 0;
-  strncpy (newpath, path, length);
+  strncpy (newpath, result, length);
+  /* If PATH is "d:foo", return "d:.", the CWD on drive d:  */
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
   newpath[length] = 0;
   return newpath;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall memrchr.c dirname.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char const *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+
+}
+#endif

lib/error.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
 
 #if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
 # if __STDC__
@@ -83,6 +86,11 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define error __error
 # define error_at_line __error_at_line
 
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+# endif
+
 #else /* not _LIBC */
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the

lib/error.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,30 +27,18 @@
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii (c)
+#endif
 
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
 
 
-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
-#  define ISASCII(c) 1
-# else
-#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-
-# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-
-
-# ifndef errno
+#ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-# endif
+#endif
 
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
    it matches, nonzero if not.  */
@@ -61,7 +49,9 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
   register char c;
 
 /* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 ? tolower ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 : (c))
 
   while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
     {
@@ -99,13 +89,10 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 
 	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
 	    {
-	      if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
-		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      else if (c == '?')
+	      if (c == '?')
 		{
 		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
-		  if (*n == '\0')
+		  if (*n == '\0' || (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))
 		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
 		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 		  else
@@ -117,7 +104,13 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 	    }
 
 	  if (c == '\0')
-	    return 0;
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR)) == FNM_FILE_NAME)
+		for (; *n != '\0'; n++)
+		  if (*n == '/')
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
 
 	  {
 	    char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
@@ -126,6 +119,8 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 	      if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
 		  fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
 		return 0;
+	      else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+		break;
 	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 	  }
 
@@ -231,7 +226,5 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 
   return FNM_NOMATCH;
 
-# undef FOLD
+#undef FOLD
 }
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

lib/getline.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/getopt.c

@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
-#else
-# if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
+#endif
+
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#  ifndef const
-#   define const
-#  endif
+# ifndef const
+#  define const
 # endif
 #endif
 
@@ -75,11 +75,12 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+# if defined HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
 #  include <libintl.h>
-#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  endif
 # else
 #  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
 # endif
@@ -671,7 +672,10 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		pfound = p;
 		indfound = option_index;
 	      }
-	    else
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
 	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
 	      ambig = 1;
 	  }

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -20,7 +20,10 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
-#else
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
 #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
@@ -28,9 +31,6 @@
 #define const
 #endif
 #endif
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 

lib/getusershell.c

@@ -22,11 +22,19 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef SHELLS_FILE
+# ifndef __DJGPP__
 /* File containing a list of nonrestricted shells, one per line. */
-# define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+# else
+/* This is a horrible kludge.  Isn't there a better way?  */
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/dev/env/DJDIR/etc/shells"
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include "xalloc.h"
 
@@ -40,9 +48,17 @@
 
 static int readname ();
 
+#if ! defined ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS && defined __MSDOS__
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS \
+  "c:/dos/command.com", "c:/windows/command.com", "c:/command.com",
+#else
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS /* empty */
+#endif
+
 /* List of shells to use if the shells file is missing. */
 static char const* const default_shells[] =
 {
+  ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS
   "/bin/sh", "/bin/csh", "/usr/bin/sh", "/usr/bin/csh", NULL
 };
 
@@ -100,10 +116,8 @@ void
 setusershell ()
 {
   default_index = 0;
-  if (shellstream == NULL)
-    shellstream = fopen (SHELLS_FILE, "r");
-  else
-    fseek (shellstream, 0L, 0);
+  if (shellstream)
+    rewind (shellstream);
 }
 
 /* Close the shells file. */

lib/hash.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Jim Meyering, 1992.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -263,11 +263,12 @@ hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
       return bucket->data;
 
   assert (0);
+  return NULL;
 }
 
 /* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
    returned by a previous call to either `hash_get_first' or `hash_get_next'.
-   Return NULL if there is no more entries.  */
+   Return NULL if there are no more entries.  */
 
 void *
 hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
@@ -284,7 +285,7 @@ hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
       return cursor->next->data;
 
   /* Find first entry in any subsequent bucket.  */
-  for (; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+  while (++bucket < table->bucket_limit)
     if (bucket->data)
       return bucket->data;
 
@@ -422,7 +423,7 @@ is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
       divisor++;
     }
 
-  return candidate % divisor != 0;
+  return (candidate % divisor ? true : false);
 }
 
 /* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that

lib/localcharset.c

@@ -37,12 +37,22 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-# include <langinfo.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
-#  include <locale.h>
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
 # endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
@@ -73,6 +83,7 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
   cp = charset_aliases;
   if (cp == NULL)
     {
+#ifndef WIN32
       FILE *fp;
       const char *dir = LIBDIR;
       const char *base = "charset.alias";
@@ -157,9 +168,20 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
 	    }
 	}
 
-      charset_aliases = cp;
       if (file_name != NULL)
 	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
     }
 
   return cp;
@@ -180,19 +202,21 @@ locale_charset ()
   const char *codeset;
   const char *aliases;
 
-#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
 
   /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
   codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
 
-#else
+# else
 
   /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale and getenv.  */
   const char *locale = NULL;
 
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
   locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-# endif
+#  endif
   if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
     {
       locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
@@ -209,6 +233,16 @@ locale_charset ()
      through the charset.alias file.  */
   codeset = locale;
 
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
 #endif
 
   if (codeset != NULL && codeset[0] != '\0')

lib/makepath.c

@@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
    function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
    return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
    exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
-   Note that if DIR already exists, this function will return zero
-   (indicating success) and will set *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function returns zero
+   (indicating success) and sets *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
 
-static int
+int
 make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
 {
   int fail = 0;

lib/makepath.h

@@ -14,3 +14,9 @@ make_path PARAMS ((const char *_argpath,
 		   gid_t _group,
 		   int _preserve_existing,
 		   const char *_verbose_fmt_string));
+
+int
+make_dir PARAMS ((const char *dir,
+		  const char *dirpath,
+		  mode_t mode,
+		  int *created_dir_p));

lib/mbswidth.c

@@ -74,15 +74,13 @@ int wcwidth ();
 
 /* Get ISPRINT.  */
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
-# undef ISASCII
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
 /* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
 #undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
 
 #include "mbswidth.h"
 
@@ -155,7 +153,11 @@ mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
 		      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
 		      {
 			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
-			  break;
+			  {
+			    p++;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
 			else
 			  return -1;
 		      }
@@ -164,7 +166,11 @@ mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
 		      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
 		      {
 			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
-			  break;
+			  {
+			    p = plimit;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
 			else
 			  return -1;
 		      }

lib/md5.c

@@ -304,19 +304,16 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
         {								\
 	  a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T;		\
 	  ++words;							\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
         }								\
       while (0)
 
-      /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for
-	 cyclic rotation.  Hope the C compiler is smart enough.  */
-#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s)))
-
       /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants.
 	 They are defined in RFC 1321 as
 
-	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64
+	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64, or
+	 perl -e 'foreach(1..64){printf "0x%08x\n", int (4294967296 * abs (sin $_))}'
        */
 
       /* Round 1.  */
@@ -345,7 +342,7 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
       do 								\
 	{								\
 	  a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T;			\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
 	}								\
       while (0)

lib/md5.h

@@ -143,4 +143,19 @@ extern int md5_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
    digest.  */
 extern void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
 
+/* The following is from gnupg-1.0.2's cipher/bithelp.h.  */
+/* Rotate a 32 bit integer by n bytes */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __i386__
+static inline md5_uint32
+rol(md5_uint32 x, int n)
+{
+  __asm__("roll %%cl,%0"
+	  :"=r" (x)
+	  :"0" (x),"c" (n));
+  return x;
+}
+#else
+# define rol(x,n) ( ((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32-(n))) )
+#endif
+
 #endif

lib/memchr.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,93,96,97,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
    with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
    commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
@@ -34,11 +34,18 @@ USA.  */
 # define __ptr_t char *
 #endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
 
-#if defined (_LIBC)
+#if defined _LIBC
 # include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
 #endif
 
-#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || defined _LIBC
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -49,21 +56,28 @@ USA.  */
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <bp-sym.h>
+#else
+# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
+#endif
 
+#undef memchr
+#undef __memchr
 
 /* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
-
 __ptr_t
-memchr (s, c, n)
+__memchr (s, c_in, n)
      const __ptr_t s;
-     int c;
+     int c_in;
      size_t n;
 {
   const unsigned char *char_ptr;
   const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
   unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
 
-  c = (unsigned char) c;
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
 
   /* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
      Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
@@ -197,3 +211,6 @@ memchr (s, c, n)
 
   return 0;
 }
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
+#endif

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -49,6 +49,11 @@
 #ifdef _LIBC
 
 # include <memcopy.h>
+# include <endian.h>
+
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# endif
 
 #else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */
 

lib/memcoll.c

@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
 #if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif

lib/memrchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 96, 97, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC)
+# include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#undef __memrchr
+#undef memrchr
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memrchr memrchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+__ptr_t
+__memrchr (s, c_in, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c_in;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the last few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n)
+    if (*--char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *--longword_ptr ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+#endif
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*--char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
+#endif

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -50,50 +50,65 @@ char *malloc ();
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
+/* The traditional octal values corresponding to each mode bit.  */
+#define SUID 04000
+#define SGID 02000
+#define SVTX 01000
+#define RUSR 00400
+#define WUSR 00200
+#define XUSR 00100
+#define RGRP 00040
+#define WGRP 00020
+#define XGRP 00010
+#define ROTH 00004
+#define WOTH 00002
+#define XOTH 00001
+#define ALLM 07777 /* all octal mode bits */
+
 #ifndef S_ISUID
-# define S_ISUID 04000
+# define S_ISUID SUID
 #endif
 #ifndef S_ISGID
-# define S_ISGID 04000
+# define S_ISGID SGID
 #endif
 #ifndef S_ISVTX
-# define S_ISVTX 01000
+# define S_ISVTX SVTX
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRUSR
-# define S_IRUSR 0400
+# define S_IRUSR RUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWUSR
-# define S_IWUSR 0200
+# define S_IWUSR WUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXUSR
-# define S_IXUSR 0100
+# define S_IXUSR XUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRGRP
-# define S_IRGRP 0040
+# define S_IRGRP RGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWGRP
-# define S_IWGRP 0020
+# define S_IWGRP WGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXGRP
-# define S_IXGRP 0010
+# define S_IXGRP XGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IROTH
-# define S_IROTH 0004
+# define S_IROTH ROTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWOTH
-# define S_IWOTH 0002
+# define S_IWOTH WOTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXOTH
-# define S_IXOTH 0001
+# define S_IXOTH XOTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXU
-# define S_IRWXU 0700
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXG
-# define S_IRWXG 0070
+# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXO
-# define S_IRWXO 0007
+# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
 #endif
 
 /* All the mode bits that can be affected by chmod.  */
@@ -157,8 +172,7 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 {
   struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
   struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
-  uintmax_t mode_value;		/* The mode value, if octal.  */
-  char *string_end;		/* Pointer to end of parsed value.  */
+  unsigned long octal_value;	/* The mode value, if octal.  */
   mode_t umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */
 
   head = NULL;
@@ -166,12 +180,34 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
   tail = NULL;
 #endif
 
-  if (xstrtoumax (mode_string, &string_end, 8, &mode_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
+  if (xstrtoul (mode_string, NULL, 8, &octal_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
     {
       struct mode_change *p;
-      if (mode_value != (mode_value & CHMOD_MODE_BITS))
+      mode_t mode;
+      if (octal_value != (octal_value & ALLM))
 	return MODE_INVALID;
-      p = make_node_op_equals ((mode_t) mode_value);
+
+      /* Help the compiler optimize the usual case where mode_t uses
+	 the traditional octal representation.  */
+      mode = ((S_ISUID == SUID && S_ISGID == SGID && S_ISVTX == SVTX
+	       && S_IRUSR == RUSR && S_IWUSR == WUSR && S_IXUSR == XUSR
+	       && S_IRGRP == RGRP && S_IWGRP == WGRP && S_IXGRP == XGRP
+	       && S_IROTH == ROTH && S_IWOTH == WOTH && S_IXOTH == XOTH)
+	      ? octal_value
+	      : ((octal_value & SUID ? S_ISUID : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & SGID ? S_ISGID : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & SVTX ? S_ISVTX : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & RUSR ? S_IRUSR : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & WUSR ? S_IWUSR : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & XUSR ? S_IXUSR : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & RGRP ? S_IRGRP : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & WGRP ? S_IWGRP : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & XGRP ? S_IXGRP : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & ROTH ? S_IROTH : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & WOTH ? S_IWOTH : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & XOTH ? S_IXOTH : 0)));
+
+      p = make_node_op_equals (mode);
       if (p == NULL)
 	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
       mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
@@ -393,7 +429,7 @@ mode_adjust (mode_t oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
 
 	  /* In order to change only `u', `g', or `o' permissions,
 	     or some combination thereof, clear unselected bits.
-	     This can not be done in mode_compile because the value
+	     This cannot be done in mode_compile because the value
 	     to which the `changes->affected' mask is applied depends
 	     on the old mode of each file. */
 	  value &= changes->affected;

lib/obstack.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
@@ -282,9 +282,10 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
   register long obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
   register long i;
   long already;
+  char *object_base;
 
   /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
-  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + 100;
+  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + h->alignment_mask + 100;
   if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
     new_size = h->chunk_size;
 
@@ -296,6 +297,11 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
   new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
   new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
 
+  /* Compute an aligned object_base in the new chunk */
+  object_base =
+    __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (new_chunk->contents) + h->alignment_mask)
+		  & ~ (h->alignment_mask));
+
   /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
      Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
      is sufficiently aligned.  */
@@ -303,7 +309,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
     {
       for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
 	   i >= 0; i--)
-	((COPYING_UNIT *)new_chunk->contents)[i]
+	((COPYING_UNIT *)object_base)[i]
 	  = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
       /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
 	 but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
@@ -314,7 +320,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
     already = 0;
   /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
   for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
-    new_chunk->contents[i] = h->object_base[i];
+    object_base[i] = h->object_base[i];
 
   /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
      free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
@@ -325,7 +331,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
       CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
     }
 
-  h->object_base = new_chunk->contents;
+  h->object_base = object_base;
   h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
   /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
   h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
@@ -451,7 +457,7 @@ _obstack_memory_used (h)
 
 /* Define the error handler.  */
 # ifndef _
-#  ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  if defined HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
 #   include <libintl.h>
 #   ifndef _
 #    define _(Str) gettext (Str)
@@ -518,20 +524,20 @@ int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
   return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
 }
 
-void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length)
+void (obstack_grow) (obstack, data, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER data;
      int length;
 {
-  obstack_grow (obstack, pointer, length);
+  obstack_grow (obstack, data, length);
 }
 
-void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, data, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER data;
      int length;
 {
-  obstack_grow0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+  obstack_grow0 (obstack, data, length);
 }
 
 void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character)
@@ -575,20 +581,20 @@ POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length)
   return obstack_alloc (obstack, length);
 }
 
-POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, pointer, length)
+POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, address, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER address;
      int length;
 {
-  return obstack_copy (obstack, pointer, length);
+  return obstack_copy (obstack, address, length);
 }
 
-POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, address, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER address;
      int length;
 {
-  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, address, length);
 }
 
 #  endif /* __STDC__ */

lib/obstack.h

@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
 /* obstack.h - object stack macros
    Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
@@ -13,11 +14,11 @@
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
    USA.  */
 
@@ -219,18 +220,18 @@ void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 
-void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
-void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
 
 void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
 
 void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 
-void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
-void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
 
 void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
-void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
 void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
 
 void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
@@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
 void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
-void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
 void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
 void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 
@@ -290,21 +291,24 @@ extern int obstack_exit_failure;
    standard C version.  */
 #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 
-# define obstack_init(h) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
-		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_init(h)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
 
-# define obstack_begin(h, size) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
-		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,				\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), 			   \
+		  (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
-  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun), \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun),		\
 		    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))
 
 # define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
@@ -315,21 +319,25 @@ extern int obstack_exit_failure;
 
 #else
 
-# define obstack_init(h) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
-		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_init(h)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,						\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, 			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
 
-# define obstack_begin(h, size) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
-		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc,			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun))
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				   \
+		  (void (*) ()) (freefun))
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
-  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				\
+		    (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
 
 # define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
   ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)()) (newchunkfun))
@@ -387,7 +395,7 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
    __o->next_free += __len;						\
    (void) 0; })
 
@@ -397,7 +405,7 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
-   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
    __o->next_free += __len;						\
    *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
    (void) 0; })
@@ -410,8 +418,8 @@ __extension__								\
    *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
    (void) 0; })
 
-/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints,
-   and that the data added so far to the current object
+/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers
+   or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object
    shares that much alignment.  */
 
 # define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
@@ -419,7 +427,7 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
-   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
+   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
    (void) 0; })
 
 # define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
@@ -427,11 +435,14 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
-   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
+   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
    (void) 0; })
 
-# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
-# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
 
 # define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
 __extension__								\
@@ -512,14 +523,14 @@ __extension__								\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)
 
 # define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
-  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
   *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
 
@@ -531,15 +542,18 @@ __extension__								\
 # define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
-  (*((char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *) datum)))
+  (*((const char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = (datum)))
 
 # define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
-  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int) datum)))
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = (datum)))
 
-# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (char *) aptr)
-# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((const char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
 
 # define obstack_blank(h,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\

lib/path-concat.c

@@ -26,12 +26,31 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
 
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
 char *malloc ();
+#endif
+
 #ifndef strdup
 char *strdup ();
 #endif

lib/physmem.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Calculate the size of physical memory.
+   Copyright 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "physmem.h"
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Return the total amount of physical memory.  */
+double
+physmem_total (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_PHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  double pages = sysconf (_SC_PHYS_PAGES);
+  double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+  if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+    return pages * pagesize;
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 64 MB.  It's probably an older host, so guess small.  */
+  return 64 * 1024 * 1024;
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of physical memory available.  */
+double
+physmem_available (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  double pages = sysconf (_SC_AVPHYS_PAGES);
+  double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+  if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+    return pages * pagesize;
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 25% of physical memory.  */
+  return physmem_total () / 4;
+}

lib/physmem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef PHYSMEM_H_
+# define PHYSMEM_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+double physmem_total PARAMS ((void));
+double physmem_available PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif /* PHYSMEM_H_ */

lib/quote.h

@@ -1,4 +1,12 @@
 /* prototypes for quote.c */
 
-char const *quote_n (int n, char const *name);
-char const *quote (char const *name);
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+char const *quote_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *name));
+char const *quote PARAMS ((char const *name));

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -92,15 +92,14 @@ size_t mbrtowc ();
 #define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
 
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
-# undef ISASCII
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
+
 /* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
 #undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
 
 struct quoting_options
 {

lib/regex.c

@@ -89,6 +89,10 @@
 /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
 #if HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
 # include <libintl.h>
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(msgid) __dcgettext ("libc", msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+# endif
 #else
 # define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
 #endif
@@ -197,35 +201,34 @@ char *realloc ();
    eliminate the && through constant folding."
    Solaris defines some of these symbols so we must undefine them first.  */
 
-#undef ISASCII
 #if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef isblank
-# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
+# define ISBLANK(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isblank (c))
 #else
 # define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
 #endif
 #ifdef isgraph
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isgraph (c))
 #else
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
 #endif
 
 #undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
-#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
-#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
-#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
-#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
-#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
-#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
-#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit (c))
+#define ISALNUM(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalnum (c))
+#define ISALPHA(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalpha (c))
+#define ISCNTRL(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && iscntrl (c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))
+#define ISPUNCT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && ispunct (c))
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
+#define ISXDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isxdigit (c))
 
 #ifdef _tolower
 # define TOLOWER(c) _tolower(c)
@@ -1234,7 +1237,7 @@ typedef struct
 # if defined MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
 /* 4400 was enough to cause a crash on Alpha OSF/1,
    whose default stack limit is 2mb.  */
-int re_max_failures = 20000;
+int re_max_failures = 4000;
 # else
 int re_max_failures = 2000;
 # endif
@@ -2712,7 +2715,7 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
 			    PATFETCH (c);
 
 			    /* Now add the multibyte character(s) we found
-			       to the acceptabed list.
+			       to the accept list.
 
 			       XXX Note that this is not entirely correct.
 			       we would have to match multibyte sequences
@@ -2725,7 +2728,10 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
 			    if (c1 == 1)
 			      range_start = extra[idx];
 			    while (c1-- > 0)
-			      SET_LIST_BIT (extra[idx++]);
+			      {
+				SET_LIST_BIT (extra[idx]);
+				++idx;
+			      }
 			  }
 #endif
 			had_char_class = false;
@@ -3507,23 +3513,19 @@ compile_range (range_start_char, p_ptr, pend, translate, syntax, b)
      unsigned char *b;
 {
   unsigned this_char;
-
   const char *p = *p_ptr;
   reg_errcode_t ret;
-  char range_start[2];
-  char range_end[2];
-  char ch[2];
+#if _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *collseq;
+  unsigned int start_colseq;
+  unsigned int end_colseq;
+#else
+  unsigned end_char;
+#endif
 
   if (p == pend)
     return REG_ERANGE;
 
-  /* Fetch the endpoints without translating them; the
-     appropriate translation is done in the bit-setting loop below.  */
-  range_start[0] = range_start_char;
-  range_start[1] = '\0';
-  range_end[0] = p[0];
-  range_end[1] = '\0';
-
   /* Have to increment the pointer into the pattern string, so the
      caller isn't still at the ending character.  */
   (*p_ptr)++;
@@ -3531,19 +3533,34 @@ compile_range (range_start_char, p_ptr, pend, translate, syntax, b)
   /* Report an error if the range is empty and the syntax prohibits this.  */
   ret = syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES ? REG_ERANGE : REG_NOERROR;
 
-  /* Here we see why `this_char' has to be larger than an `unsigned
-     char' -- we would otherwise go into an infinite loop, since all
-     characters <= 0xff.  */
-  ch[1] = '\0';
+#if _LIBC
+  collseq = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						 _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+
+  start_colseq = collseq[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (range_start_char)];
+  end_colseq = collseq[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (p[0])];
   for (this_char = 0; this_char <= (unsigned char) -1; ++this_char)
     {
-      ch[0] = this_char;
-      if (strcoll (range_start, ch) <= 0 && strcoll (ch, range_end) <= 0)
+      unsigned int this_colseq = collseq[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (this_char)];
+
+      if (start_colseq <= this_colseq && this_colseq <= end_colseq)
 	{
 	  SET_LIST_BIT (TRANSLATE (this_char));
 	  ret = REG_NOERROR;
 	}
     }
+#else
+  /* Here we see why `this_char' has to be larger than an `unsigned
+     char' -- we would otherwise go into an infinite loop, since all
+     characters <= 0xff.  */
+  range_start_char = TRANSLATE (range_start_char);
+  end_char = TRANSLATE (p[0]);
+  for (this_char = range_start_char; this_char <= end_char; ++this_char)
+    {
+      SET_LIST_BIT (TRANSLATE (this_char));
+      ret = REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+#endif
 
   return ret;
 }

lib/regex.h

@@ -513,13 +513,31 @@ extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 # endif
 #endif
 
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".  */
+#ifndef __restrict
+# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+#  if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#   define __restrict restrict
+#  else
+#   define __restrict
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* For now unconditionally define __restrict_arr to expand to nothing.
+   Ideally we would have a test for the compiler which allows defining
+   it to restrict.  */
+#define __restrict_arr
+
 /* POSIX compatibility.  */
-extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
+extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+			      const char *__restrict __pattern,
 			      int __cflags));
 
-extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
-			      const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
-			      regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
+extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+			      const char *__restrict __string, size_t __nmatch,
+			      regmatch_t __pmatch[__restrict_arr],
+			      int __eflags));
 
 extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
 				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));

lib/rename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby rename fails when the source
+   path has a trailing slash.  The rename from SunOS 4.1.1_U1 has this bug.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Volker Borchert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
+void free ();
+#endif
+
+void strip_trailing_slashes ();
+
+/* Rename the file SRC_PATH to DST_PATH, removing any trailing
+   slashes from SRC_PATH.  Needed for SunOS 4.1.1_U1.  */
+
+int
+rpl_rename (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path)
+{
+  char *src_temp;
+  int ret_val;
+  size_t s_len = strlen (src_path);
+
+  if (s_len && src_path[s_len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      src_temp = xstrdup (src_path);
+      strip_trailing_slashes (src_temp);
+    }
+  else
+    src_temp = (char *) src_path;
+
+  ret_val = rename (src_temp, dst_path);
+
+  if (src_temp != src_path)
+    free (src_temp);
+
+  return ret_val;
+}

lib/save-cwd.c

@@ -42,6 +42,10 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
+#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
+# define O_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
 #include "save-cwd.h"
 #include "error.h"
 
@@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
   if (have_working_fchdir)
     {
 #if HAVE_FCHDIR
-      cwd->desc = open (".", O_RDONLY);
+      cwd->desc = open (".", O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY);
       if (cwd->desc < 0)
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, "cannot open current directory");

lib/sha.c

@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/* sha.c - Functions to compute the SHA1 hash (message-digest) of files
+   or blocks of memory.  Complies to the NIST specification FIPS-180-1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Scott G. Miller
+
+   Credits:
+      Robert Klep <robert@ilse.nl>  -- Expansion function fix
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
+#  define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "md5.h"
+#include "sha.h"
+
+/*
+  Not-swap is a macro that does an endian swap on architectures that are
+  big-endian, as SHA needs some data in a little-endian format
+*/
+
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define NOTSWAP(n) (n)
+# define SWAP(n)							\
+    (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
+#else
+# define NOTSWAP(n)                                                         \
+    (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#endif
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1)  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/*
+  Takes a pointer to a 160 bit block of data (five 32 bit ints) and
+  intializes it to the start constants of the SHA1 algorithm.  This
+  must be called before using hash in the call to sha_hash
+*/
+void
+sha_init_ctx (struct sha_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+  ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
+  ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
+  ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+  ctx->E = 0xc3d2e1f0;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 20 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+void *
+sha_read_ctx (const struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[0] = NOTSWAP (ctx->A);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[1] = NOTSWAP (ctx->B);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[2] = NOTSWAP (ctx->C);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[3] = NOTSWAP (ctx->D);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[4] = NOTSWAP (ctx->E);
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+void *
+sha_finish_ctx (struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  md5_uint32 bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t pad;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  pad = bytes >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - bytes : 56 - bytes;
+  memcpy (&ctx->buffer[bytes], fillbuf, pad);
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad + 4] = NOTSWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad] = NOTSWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) |
+						    (ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sha_process_block (ctx->buffer, bytes + pad + 8, ctx);
+
+  return sha_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+int
+sha_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  /* Important: BLOCKSIZE must be a multiple of 64.  */
+#define BLOCKSIZE 4096
+  struct sha_ctx ctx;
+  char buffer[BLOCKSIZE + 72];
+  size_t sum;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes.  One call of the
+	 computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+	 next round of the loop another block can be read.  */
+      size_t n;
+      sum = 0;
+
+      /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
+      do
+	{
+	  n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+	  sum += n;
+	}
+      while (sum < BLOCKSIZE && n != 0);
+      if (n == 0 && ferror (stream))
+        return 1;
+
+      /* If end of file is reached, end the loop.  */
+      if (n == 0)
+	break;
+
+      /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes.  Note that
+			BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
+       */
+      sha_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+    }
+
+  /* Add the last bytes if necessary.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    sha_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+  /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
+  sha_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sha_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sha_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sha_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&ctx->buffer[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (left_over + add > 64)
+	{
+	  sha_process_block (ctx->buffer, (left_over + add) & ~63, ctx);
+	  /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap.  */
+	  memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+		  (left_over + add) & 63);
+	  ctx->buflen = (left_over + add) & 63;
+	}
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len > 64)
+    {
+      sha_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+      len &= 63;
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, len);
+      ctx->buflen = len;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between md5.c and sha.c --- */
+
+/* SHA1 round constants */
+#define K1 0x5a827999L
+#define K2 0x6ed9eba1L
+#define K3 0x8f1bbcdcL
+#define K4 0xca62c1d6L
+
+/* Round functions.  Note that F2 is the same as F4.  */
+#define F1(B,C,D) ( D ^ ( B & ( C ^ D ) ) )
+#define F2(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+#define F3(B,C,D) ( ( B & C ) | ( D & ( B | C ) ) )
+#define F4(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from GnuPG's cipher/sha1.c.  */
+
+void
+sha_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  const md5_uint32 *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (md5_uint32);
+  const md5_uint32 *endp = words + nwords;
+  md5_uint32 x[16];
+  md5_uint32 a = ctx->A;
+  md5_uint32 b = ctx->B;
+  md5_uint32 c = ctx->C;
+  md5_uint32 d = ctx->D;
+  md5_uint32 e = ctx->E;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += len;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < len)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+#define M(I) ( tm =   x[I&0x0f] ^ x[(I-14)&0x0f] \
+		    ^ x[(I-8)&0x0f] ^ x[(I-3)&0x0f] \
+	       , (x[I&0x0f] = rol(tm, 1)) )
+
+#define R(A,B,C,D,E,F,K,M)  do { E += rol( A, 5 )     \
+				      + F( B, C, D )  \
+				      + K	      \
+				      + M;	      \
+				 B = rol( B, 30 );    \
+			       } while(0)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      md5_uint32 tm;
+      int t;
+      /* FIXME: see sha1.c for a better implementation.  */
+      for (t = 0; t < 16; t++)
+	{
+	  x[t] = NOTSWAP (*words);
+	  words++;
+	}
+
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 0] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 1] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 2] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 3] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 4] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 5] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 6] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 7] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 8] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 9] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[10] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[11] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[12] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[13] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[14] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[15] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, M(16) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, M(17) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, M(18) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, M(19) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(20) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(21) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(22) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(23) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(24) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(25) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(26) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(27) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(28) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(29) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(30) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(31) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(32) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(33) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(34) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(35) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(36) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(37) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(38) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(39) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(40) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(41) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(42) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(43) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(44) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(45) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(46) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(47) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(48) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(49) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(50) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(51) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(52) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(53) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(54) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(55) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(56) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(57) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(58) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(59) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(60) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(61) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(62) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(63) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(64) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(65) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(66) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(67) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(68) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(69) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(70) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(71) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(72) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(73) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(74) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(75) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(76) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(77) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(78) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(79) );
+
+      a = ctx->A += a;
+      b = ctx->B += b;
+      c = ctx->C += c;
+      d = ctx->D += d;
+      e = ctx->E += e;
+    }
+}

lib/sha.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* sha.h - Declaration of functions and datatypes for SHA1 sum computing
+   library functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, Scott G. Miller
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SHA_H
+# define _SHA_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "md5.h"
+
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sha_ctx
+{
+  md5_uint32 A;
+  md5_uint32 B;
+  md5_uint32 C;
+  md5_uint32 D;
+  md5_uint32 E;
+
+  md5_uint32 total[2];
+  md5_uint32 buflen;
+  char buffer[128];
+};
+
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void sha_process_block __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                            struct sha_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void sha_process_bytes __P((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+				    struct sha_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sha_init_ctx __P ((struct sha_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *sha_finish_ctx __P ((struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *sha_read_ctx __P ((const struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sha_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sha_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
+
+#endif

lib/strftime.c

@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ extern char *tzname[];
 # define L_(Str) L##Str
 # define NLW(Sym) _NL_W##Sym
 
-# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) wmemcpy (d, s, n)
-# define STRLEN(s) wcslen (s)
+# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) __wmemcpy (d, s, n)
+# define STRLEN(s) __wcslen (s)
 
 #else
 # define CHAR_T char
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ static const CHAR_T zeroes[16] = /* "0000000000000000" */
 	 else if (to_uppcase)						      \
 	   memcpy_uppcase (p, (s), _n);					      \
 	 else								      \
-	   MEMCPY ((PTR) p, (PTR) (s), _n))
+	   MEMCPY ((PTR) p, (const PTR) (s), _n))
 
 #ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
 # define widen(os, ws, l) \
@@ -457,8 +457,7 @@ static CHAR_T const month_name[][10] =
     return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy ut_argument);
   }
 # undef my_strftime
-# define my_strftime(S, Maxsize, Format, Tp) \
-  _strftime_copytm (S, Maxsize, Format, Tp)
+# define my_strftime _strftime_copytm
 #endif
 
 
@@ -516,6 +515,9 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
   size_t i = 0;
   CHAR_T *p = s;
   const CHAR_T *f;
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE && !defined COMPILE_WIDE
+  const char *format_end = NULL;
+#endif
 
   zone = NULL;
 #if HAVE_TM_ZONE
@@ -608,10 +610,15 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	  {
 	    mbstate_t mbstate = mbstate_zero;
 	    size_t len = 0;
+	    size_t fsize;
+
+	    if (! format_end)
+	      format_end = f + strlen (f) + 1;
+	    fsize = format_end - f;
 
 	    do
 	      {
-		size_t bytes = mbrlen (f + len, (size_t) -1, &mbstate);
+		size_t bytes = mbrlen (f + len, fsize - len, &mbstate);
 
 		if (bytes == 0)
 		  break;
@@ -752,6 +759,11 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 
 	case L_('b'):
 	case L_('h'):		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      to_lowcase = 0;
+	    }
 	  if (modifier != 0)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
@@ -781,10 +793,11 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
 	  if (! (modifier == 'E'
-		 && (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-							NLW(ERA_D_T_FMT)))
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+						     NLW(ERA_D_T_FMT)))
 		     != '\0')))
-	    subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_T_FMT));
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_T_FMT));
 #else
 # if HAVE_STRFTIME
 	  goto underlying_strftime;
@@ -796,8 +809,10 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	subformat:
 	  {
 	    CHAR_T *old_start = p;
-	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, (size_t) -1, subfmt, tp);
-	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp));
+	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, (size_t) -1, subfmt,
+				      tp ut_argument);
+	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt,
+				   tp ut_argument));
 
 	    if (to_uppcase)
 	      while (old_start < p)
@@ -848,7 +863,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	      if (era)
 		{
 # ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
-		  size_t len = wcslen (era->era_wname);
+		  size_t len = __wcslen (era->era_wname);
 		  cpy (len, era->era_wname);
 # else
 		  size_t len = strlen (era->era_name);
@@ -873,10 +888,10 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
 	  if (! (modifier == L_('E')
-		 && (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *)_NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-						       NLW(ERA_D_FMT)))
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *)_NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_D_FMT)))
 		     != L_('\0'))))
-	    subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_FMT));
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_FMT));
 	  goto subformat;
 #else
 # if HAVE_STRFTIME
@@ -1059,8 +1074,9 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 
 	case L_('r'):		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  if (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-						 NLW(T_FMT_AMPM))) == L_('\0'))
+	  if (*(subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+						       NLW(T_FMT_AMPM)))
+	      == L_('\0'))
 #endif
 	    subfmt = L_("%I:%M:%S %p");
 	  goto subformat;
@@ -1115,10 +1131,10 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
 	  if (! (modifier == L_('E')
-		 && (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-							NLW(ERA_T_FMT)))
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_T_FMT)))
 		     != L_('\0'))))
-	    subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(T_FMT));
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(T_FMT));
 	  goto subformat;
 #else
 # if HAVE_STRFTIME

lib/stripslash.c

@@ -19,12 +19,16 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
 /* Remove trailing slashes from PATH.
    This is useful when using filename completion from a shell that
    adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and bash), because
@@ -37,6 +41,6 @@ strip_trailing_slashes (char *path)
   int last;
 
   last = strlen (path) - 1;
-  while (last > 0 && path[last] == '/')
+  while (0 < last && ISSLASH (path[last]))
     path[last--] = '\0';
 }

lib/strstr.c

@@ -28,11 +28,15 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <string.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 typedef unsigned chartype;
 
+#undef strstr
+
 char *
 strstr (const char *phaystack, const char *pneedle)
 {
@@ -105,7 +109,7 @@ jin:	  a = *++haystack;
 	      }
 	    while (*rhaystack == a);
 
-	  needle = rneedle;		   /* took the register-poor aproach */
+	  needle = rneedle;		   /* took the register-poor approach */
 
 	  if (a == '\0')
 	    break;

lib/strverscmp.c

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 /* states: S_N: normal, S_I: comparing integral part, S_F: comparing
-           Fractional parts, S_Z: idem but with leading Zeroes only */
+           fractional parts, S_Z: idem but with leading Zeroes only */
 #define S_N    0x0
 #define S_I    0x4
 #define S_F    0x8
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
 #define CMP    2
 #define LEN    3
 
+
 /* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
    - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char.
    - It's guaranteed to evaluate its argument exactly once.
@@ -46,13 +47,20 @@
    host does not conform to Posix.  */
 #define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
 
+#undef __strverscmp
+#undef strverscmp
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strverscmp strverscmp
+#endif
+
 /* Compare S1 and S2 as strings holding indices/version numbers,
    returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is less than,
    equal to or greater than S2 (for more info, see the texinfo doc).
 */
 
 int
-strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+__strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
 {
   const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
   const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
@@ -120,3 +128,6 @@ strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
       return state;
     }
 }
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strverscmp, strverscmp)
+#endif

lib/unicodeio.c

@@ -170,7 +170,9 @@ print_unicode_char (FILE *stream, unsigned int code)
       outbytesleft = sizeof (outbuf);
 
       /* Convert the character from UTF-8 to the locale's charset.  */
-      res = iconv (utf8_to_local, &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft);
+      res = iconv (utf8_to_local,
+		   (ICONV_CONST char **)&inptr, &inbytesleft,
+		   &outptr, &outbytesleft);
       if (inbytesleft > 0 || res == (size_t)(-1)
 	  /* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert. */
 # if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && (defined sgi || defined __sgi)

lib/userspec.c

@@ -40,6 +40,14 @@ char *alloca ();
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
 #if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
@@ -58,6 +66,7 @@ char *alloca ();
 #endif
 
 #include "xalloc.h"
+#include "xstrtol.h"
 
 #if ENABLE_NLS
 # include <libintl.h>
@@ -81,6 +90,34 @@ struct group *getgrgid ();
 # define endpwent() ((void) 0)
 #endif
 
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
+   It is necessary at least when t == time_t.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+
+#ifndef UID_T_MAX
+# define UID_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (uid_t)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GID_T_MAX
+# define GID_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (gid_t)
+#endif
+
+/* MAXUID may come from limits.h or sys/params.h.  */
+#ifndef MAXUID
+# define MAXUID UID_T_MAX
+#endif
+#ifndef MAXGID
+# define MAXGID GID_T_MAX
+#endif
+
 /* Perform the equivalent of the statement `dest = strdup (src);',
    but obtaining storage via alloca instead of from the heap.  */
 
@@ -126,8 +163,8 @@ is_number (const char *str)
    use the given user's login group.
    If SPEC_ARG contains a `:', then use that as the separator, ignoring
    any `.'s.  If there is no `:', but there is a `.', then first look
-   up SPEC_ARG as a login name.  If that look-up fails, then try again
-   interpreting the `.'  as a separator.
+   up the entire SPEC_ARG as a login name.  If that look-up fails, then
+   try again interpreting the `.'  as a separator.
 
    USERNAME and GROUPNAME will be in newly malloc'd memory.
    Either one might be NULL instead, indicating that it was not
@@ -220,8 +257,11 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
 		error_msg = E_bad_spec;
 	      else
 		{
-		  /* FIXME: don't use atoi!  */
-		  *uid = atoi (u);
+		  unsigned long int tmp_long;
+		  if (xstrtoul (u, NULL, 0, &tmp_long, NULL) != LONGINT_OK
+		      || tmp_long > MAXUID)
+		    return _(E_invalid_user);
+		  *uid = tmp_long;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
@@ -263,8 +303,11 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
 	    error_msg = E_invalid_group;
 	  else
 	    {
-	      /* FIXME: don't use atoi!  */
-	      *gid = atoi (g);
+	      unsigned long int tmp_long;
+	      if (xstrtoul (g, NULL, 0, &tmp_long, NULL) != LONGINT_OK
+		  || tmp_long > MAXGID)
+		return _(E_invalid_group);
+	      *gid = tmp_long;
 	    }
 	}
       else

lib/xalloc.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/xstat.in

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ void free ();
 
 char *xmalloc ();
 
-/* lstat works different on Linux and Solaris systems.  POSIX (see
+/* lstat works differently on Linux and Solaris systems.  POSIX (see
    `pathname resolution' in the glossary) requires that programs like `ls'
    take into consideration the fact that FILE has a trailing slash when
    FILE is a symbolic link.  On Linux systems, the lstat function already

lib/xstrtol.c

@@ -199,6 +199,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'G': /* Giga */
+	case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
 	  break;
 
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'M': /* Mega */
-	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for backward compatibility only */
+	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
 	  break;
 
@@ -216,6 +217,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'T': /* Tera */
+	case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
 	  break;
 

m4/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,137 @@
+2001-01-15  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* iconv.m4 (jm_ICONV): Also check whether the iconv declaration
+	has const.
+
+2001-01-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Be sure that headers are checked before used in code compiled
+	for the type checks.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Remove all header checks.
+	In place of that, invoke jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES.
+	(jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS): New functions with the above checks.
+	(jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES): Require jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS.
+	Alan Iwi reported a build failure on an f300-fujitsu-uxpv4.1_ES;
+	The check for ssize_t was mistakenly run before the test for unistd.h.
+
+	The configure-time check for stdbool.h was missing.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Add jm_PREREQ_HASH.
+	(jm_PREREQ_HASH): New function.
+
+2001-01-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* fsusage.m4 (jm_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE): Use AS_IF, not AS_IFELSE,
+	for autoconf-2.49c.
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4 (jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS): Likewise.
+
+2001-01-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* rename.m4: Use temporary directories named conftestdir{,2}, not
+	foo and bar.  Create conftestdir/ in the script, not in the C code.
+	Remove directories in the script, not in the C code.
+	Remove conftestdir{,2} before trying to create the directory.
+	Make the entire configure script fail if the mkdir fails.
+
+2001-01-02  Volker Borchert  <bt@teknon.de>
+
+	* rename.m4: New file.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Require vb_FUNC_RENAME.
+
+2001-01-01  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* libintl.m4 (AM_GNU_GETTEXT): Define MKINSTALLDIRS by
+	expanding the value of $ac_aux_dir, as in AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN,
+	so `make install' also works in VPATH builds.
+
+2001-01-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_READUTMP): Include utmp.h (if available), even
+	on systems with utmpx.h.  It's necessary for the declaration of utmp's
+	ut_user member.  Reported by Andreas Jaeger.
+
+	* check-decl.m4 (jm_CHECK_DECLS): Include grp.h and pwd.h if available.
+	They are required for the declarations of getgrgid and getpwuid resp.
+	(_jm_DECL_HEADERS): Check for grp.h and pwd.h.
+	Reported by Andreas Jaeger.
+
+2000-12-25  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* libintl.m4 (AM_WITH_NLS): When using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR,
+	prepend $(top_srcdir) to the value of MKINSTALLDIRS so that it
+	can be used in subdirectories.
+
+2000-12-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): Rewrite (though it's still a stub) to work better
+	with autoheader.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): New file and macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Require jm_AC_DOS.
+
+2000-12-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* off_t-format.m4: Remove this file.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Remove jm_SYS_OFF_T_PRINTF_FORMAT.
+
+2000-12-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xstrtoumax.m4 (jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX): If we need the replacement
+	strtoull, we may well need the replacement strtoul, too.
+	Check for declarations of strtoul and strtoull.
+	Check for strtol.  Mainly as a cue to cause automake to include
+	strtol.c -- that file is included by each of strtoul.c and strtoull.c.
+	Check for limits.h -- strtol.c needs it.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* off_t-format.m4 (OFF_T_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING): New file/macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): require it.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Check for stdint.h.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getloadavg.m4: s/ifval/m4_ifval/ to accommodate new autoconf.
+
+2000-11-03  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Add test for wcrtomb.
+
+2000-11-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.m4: Use the `m4_' prefix on `syscmd' and `m4_sysval'.
+
+2000-10-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* fsusage.m4: s/AC_SHELL_IFELSE/AS_IFELSE/ to match autoconf renaming.
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4: Likewise
+
+2000-10-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Add jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR.
+	(jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR): New function.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* check-decl.m4 (jm_CHECK_DECLS): Also check for memrchr.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME): New macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add memrchr.
+
+2000-09-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getloadavg.m4 (AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG): Restore the initial value of LIBS.
+	Otherwise, everyone ends up linking with -lelf for some configurations.
+	Reported by Mike Stone.
+
+2000-08-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Use jm_FUNC_FPENDING.
+	* fpending.m4: New file.
+
 2000-08-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* check-decl.m4: Include utmp.h `#if HAVE_UTMP_H', rather than
@@ -27,8 +161,8 @@
 
 2000-07-16  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
 
-        * mbswidth.m4: New file.
-        * prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Call jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH.
+	* mbswidth.m4: New file.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Call jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH.
 
 2000-07-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ chown.m4 \
 codeset.m4 \
 d-ino.m4 \
 d-type.m4 \
+dos.m4 \
 error.m4 \
 fnmatch.m4 \
+fpending.m4 \
 fstypename.m4 \
 fsusage.m4 \
 ftruncate.m4 \
@@ -50,6 +52,7 @@ putenv.m4 \
 readdir.m4 \
 realloc.m4 \
 regex.m4 \
+rename.m4 \
 rmdir-errno.m4 \
 search-libs.m4 \
 st_dm_mode.m4 \

m4/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -125,8 +126,10 @@ chown.m4 \
 codeset.m4 \
 d-ino.m4 \
 d-type.m4 \
+dos.m4 \
 error.m4 \
 fnmatch.m4 \
+fpending.m4 \
 fstypename.m4 \
 fsusage.m4 \
 ftruncate.m4 \
@@ -164,6 +167,7 @@ putenv.m4 \
 readdir.m4 \
 realloc.m4 \
 regex.m4 \
+rename.m4 \
 rmdir-errno.m4 \
 search-libs.m4 \
 st_dm_mode.m4 \

m4/README

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ and textutils packages.
 
 These files are used by a program called aclocal (part of the GNU automake
 package).  aclocal uses these files to create aclocal.m4 which is in turn
-used by autoconf to create the configure script at the the top level in
+used by autoconf to create the configure script at the top level in
 this distribution.
 
 The Makefile.am file in this directory is automatically generated

m4/check-decl.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 15
+#serial 17
 
 dnl This is just a wrapper function to encapsulate this kludge.
 dnl Putting it in a separate file like this helps share it between
@@ -41,6 +41,14 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLS,
 #if HAVE_UTMP_H
 # include <utmp.h>
 #endif
+
+#if HAVE_GRP_H
+# include <grp.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_PWD_H
+# include <pwd.h>
+#endif
 '
 
   AC_CHECK_DECLS([
@@ -55,6 +63,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLS,
     lseek,
     malloc,
     memchr,
+    memrchr,
     nanosleep,
     realloc,
     stpcpy,
@@ -71,6 +80,6 @@ dnl This is a little helper so we can require these header checks.
 AC_DEFUN(_jm_DECL_HEADERS,
 [
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(memory.h string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h sys/time.h \
-                   utmp.h utmpx.h)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(grp.h memory.h pwd.h string.h strings.h stdlib.h \
+                   unistd.h sys/time.h utmp.h utmpx.h)
 ])

m4/dos.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# serial 2
+
+# Define some macros required for proper operation of code in lib/*.c
+# on MSDOS/Windows systems.
+
+# From Jim Meyering.
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_DOS,
+  [
+    # FIXME: this is incomplete.  Add a compile-test that does something
+    # like this:
+    #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __MSDOS__
+
+    AH_VERBATIM(FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN,
+    [#if FILESYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
+  ((Filename)[0] && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
+else
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#endif])
+
+    ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix=0
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILESYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX],
+      $ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix,
+      [Define on systems for which file names may have a so-called
+       `drive letter' prefix, define this to compute the length of that
+       prefix, including the colon.])
+
+    AH_VERBATIM(ISSLASH,
+    [#if FILESYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\\\')
+#else
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif])
+
+    ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator=0
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILESYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR],
+      $ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator,
+      [Define if the backslash character may also serve as a file name
+       component separator.])
+  ])

m4/fpending.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering
+dnl Using code from emacs, based on suggestions from Paul Eggert
+dnl and Ulrich Drepper.
+
+dnl Find out how to determine the number of pending output bytes on a stream.
+dnl glibc (2.1.93 and newer) and Solaris provide __fpending.  On other systems,
+dnl we have to grub around in the FILE struct.
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_FPENDING,
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdio_ext.h)
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS([__fpending])
+  fp_headers='
+#     if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+#      include <stdio_ext.h>
+#     endif
+'
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([__fpending], , , $fp_headers)
+  if test $ac_cv_func___fpending = no; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK(
+	      [how to determine the number of pending output bytes on a stream],
+		   ac_cv_sys_pending_output_n_bytes,
+      [
+        fp_save_DEFS=$DEFS
+	for ac_expr in						\
+								\
+	    '# glibc2'						\
+	    'fp->_IO_write_ptr - fp->_IO_write_base'		\
+								\
+	    '# traditional Unix'				\
+	    'fp->_ptr - fp->_base'				\
+								\
+	    '# BSD'						\
+	    'fp->_p - fp->_bf._base'				\
+								\
+	    '# SCO, Unixware'					\
+	    'fp->__ptr - fp->__base'				\
+								\
+	    '# old glibc?'					\
+	    'fp->__bufp - fp->__buffer'				\
+								\
+	    '# old glibc iostream?'				\
+	    'fp->_pptr - fp->_pbase'				\
+								\
+	    '# VMS'						\
+	    '(*fp)->_ptr - (*fp)->_base'			\
+								\
+	    '# e.g., DGUX R4.11; the info is not available'	\
+	    1							\
+	    ; do
+
+	  # Skip each embedded comment.
+	  case "$ac_expr" in '#'*) continue;; esac
+
+	  DEFS="$DEFS -DPENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES=$ac_expr"
+	  AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+	    [#include <stdio.h>
+	    ],
+	    [FILE *fp = stdin; (void) ($ac_expr);],
+	    fp_done=yes
+	  )
+	  DEFS=$fp_save_DEFS
+	  test "$fp_done" = yes && break
+	done
+
+	ac_cv_sys_pending_output_n_bytes=$ac_expr
+      ]
+    )
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES,
+      $ac_cv_sys_pending_output_n_bytes,
+      [the number of pending output bytes on stream `fp'])
+  fi
+])

m4/fsusage.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 3
+#serial 5
 
 # From fileutils/configure.in
 
@@ -187,6 +187,6 @@ AC_TRY_CPP([#include <sys/filsys.h>],
   ac_fsusage_space=yes)
 fi
 
-AC_SHELL_IFELSE([test $ac_fsusage_space = yes], [$1], [$2])dnl
+AS_IF([test $ac_fsusage_space = yes], [$1], [$2])dnl
 
 ])

m4/getloadavg.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 7
+#serial 8
 
 # A replacement for autoconf's macro by the same name.  This version
 # accepts an optional argument specifying the name of the $srcdir-relative
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG],
 # By default, expect to find getloadavg.c in $srcdir/.
 ac_lib_dir_getloadavg=$srcdir
 # But if there's an argument, DIR, expect to find getloadavg.c in $srcdir/DIR.
-ifval([$1], [ac_lib_dir_getloadavg=$srcdir/$1])
+m4_ifval([$1], [ac_lib_dir_getloadavg=$srcdir/$1])
 # Make sure getloadavg.c is where it belongs, at ./configure-time.
 test -f $ac_lib_dir_getloadavg/getloadavg.c \
   || AC_MSG_ERROR([getloadavg.c is not in $ac_lib_dir_getloadavg])
@@ -99,5 +99,7 @@ if test "x$ac_save_LIBS" = x; then
 else
   GETLOADAVG_LIBS=`echo "$LIBS" | sed "s!$ac_save_LIBS!!"`
 fi
+LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS
+
 AC_SUBST(GETLOADAVG_LIBS)dnl
 ])# AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG

m4/iconv.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Bruno Haible.
 
@@ -30,6 +30,27 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_ICONV,
   ])
   if test "$jm_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(jm_cv_proto_iconv, [
+      AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t* outbytesleft);
+#else
+size_t iconv();
+#endif
+], [], jm_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", jm_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
+      jm_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $jm_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t* outbytesleft);"])
+    jm_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]jm_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
+         }[$]jm_cv_proto_iconv)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $jm_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
+      [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
   fi
   LIBICONV=
   if test "$jm_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then

m4/jm-macros.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 25
+#serial 31   -*- autoconf -*-
 
 dnl Misc type-related macros for fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
 
@@ -19,44 +19,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
   dnl This macro actually runs replacement code.  See isc-posix.m4.
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
 
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \
-    errno.h  \
-    fcntl.h \
-    fenv.h \
-    float.h \
-    limits.h \
-    memory.h \
-    mntent.h \
-    mnttab.h \
-    netdb.h \
-    paths.h \
-    stdlib.h \
-    stddef.h \
-    string.h \
-    sys/acl.h \
-    sys/filsys.h \
-    sys/fs/s5param.h \
-    sys/fs_types.h \
-    sys/fstyp.h \
-    sys/ioctl.h \
-    sys/mntent.h \
-    sys/mount.h \
-    sys/param.h \
-    sys/socket.h \
-    sys/statfs.h \
-    sys/statvfs.h \
-    sys/systeminfo.h \
-    sys/time.h \
-    sys/timeb.h \
-    sys/vfs.h \
-    sys/wait.h \
-    syslog.h \
-    termios.h \
-    unistd.h \
-    utime.h \
-    values.h \
-  )
-
+  jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES
   jm_INCLUDED_REGEX([lib/regex.c])
 
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_BISON])
@@ -92,6 +55,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
   AC_REQUIRE([AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_GNU_STRFTIME])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_MKTIME])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_FPENDING])
 
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_GETGROUPS])
   test -n "$GETGROUPS_LIB" && LIBS="$GETGROUPS_LIB $LIBS"
@@ -101,6 +65,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
   AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG([lib])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_SYS_PROC_UPTIME])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_FTRUNCATE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([vb_FUNC_RENAME])
 
   AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strcasecmp strncasecmp)
   AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(dup2)
@@ -115,7 +80,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
   dnl used by e.g. intl/*domain.c and lib/canon-host.c
   AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strdup)
 
-  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr memmove memcpy memset)
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr memcpy memmove memrchr memset)
   AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
 
   # By default, argmatch should fail calling usage (1).
@@ -175,6 +140,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
     strerror \
     strrchr \
     sysinfo \
+    wcrtomb \
     tzset \
   )
 
@@ -220,9 +186,55 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
     AC_LIBOBJ(fsusage)
     AC_LIBOBJ(mountlist)
   fi
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_DOS])
 
 ])
 
+# These tests must be run before any use of AC_CHECK_TYPE,
+# because that macro compiles code that tests e.g., HAVE_UNISTD_H.
+# See the definition of ac_includes_default in `configure'.
+AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS,
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \
+    errno.h  \
+    fcntl.h \
+    fenv.h \
+    float.h \
+    limits.h \
+    memory.h \
+    mntent.h \
+    mnttab.h \
+    netdb.h \
+    paths.h \
+    stdlib.h \
+    stddef.h \
+    stdint.h \
+    string.h \
+    sys/acl.h \
+    sys/filsys.h \
+    sys/fs/s5param.h \
+    sys/fs_types.h \
+    sys/fstyp.h \
+    sys/ioctl.h \
+    sys/mntent.h \
+    sys/mount.h \
+    sys/param.h \
+    sys/socket.h \
+    sys/statfs.h \
+    sys/statvfs.h \
+    sys/systeminfo.h \
+    sys/time.h \
+    sys/timeb.h \
+    sys/vfs.h \
+    sys/wait.h \
+    syslog.h \
+    termios.h \
+    unistd.h \
+    utime.h \
+    values.h \
+  )
+])
+
 # This macro must be invoked before any tests that run the compiler.
 AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES,
 [
@@ -249,6 +261,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES,
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE])
 
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS])
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_DIRENT])
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])
   AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize],,,[$ac_includes_default

m4/libintl.m4

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
 # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
 
-# serial 109
+# serial 110
 
 AC_PREREQ(2.13)               dnl Minimum Autoconf version required.
 
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
    dnl Try to locate it.
    MKINSTALLDIRS=
    if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="`CDPATH=:; cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`/mkinstalldirs"
    fi
    if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
      MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"

m4/ls-mntd-fs.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 5
+#serial 7
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
@@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ dnl This is not pretty.  I've just taken the autoconf code and wrapped
 dnl it in an AC_DEFUN.
 dnl
 
-AC_PREREQ(2.14a)
-
 # jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS([ACTION-IF-FOUND[, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]])
 AC_DEFUN(jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS,
   [
@@ -239,6 +237,6 @@ if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
   # Can't build mountlist.c or anything that needs its functions
 fi
 
-AC_SHELL_IFELSE([test $ac_list_mounted_fs = found], [$1], [$2])dnl
+AS_IF([test $ac_list_mounted_fs = found], [$1], [$2])dnl
 
   ])

m4/prereq.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 11
+#serial 15
 
 dnl These are the prerequisite macros for files in the lib/
 dnl directories of the fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
@@ -7,10 +7,13 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ,
 [
   jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT
   jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST
+  jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME
   jm_PREREQ_ERROR
   jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE
+  jm_PREREQ_HASH
   jm_PREREQ_HUMAN
   jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
+  jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR
   jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
   jm_PREREQ_READUTMP
   jm_PREREQ_REGEX
@@ -39,6 +42,24 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST,
                    netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h)
 ])
 
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME,
+[
+  AC_HEADER_STDC
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE,
+[
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_HASH,
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h stdbool.h)
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_DECLS])
+])
+
 # If you use human.c, you need the following files:
 # uintmax_t.m4 inttypes_h.m4 ulonglong.m4
 AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_HUMAN,
@@ -49,10 +70,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_HUMAN,
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
 ])
 
-AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE,
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR,
 [
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h bp-sym.h)
 ])
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG,
@@ -78,7 +98,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_READUTMP,
 $ac_includes_default
 #ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
 # include <utmpx.h>
-#else
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
 # include <utmp.h>
 #endif
 "

m4/regex.m4

@@ -51,10 +51,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_INCLUDED_REGEX,
     fi
 
     test -n "$1" || AC_MSG_ERROR([missing argument])
-    syscmd([test -f $1])
-    ifelse(sysval, 0,
+    m4_syscmd([test -f $1])
+    ifelse(m4_sysval, 0,
       [
-
 	AC_ARG_WITH(included-regex,
 	[  --without-included-regex don't compile regex; this is the default on
                           systems with version 2 of the GNU C library

m4/rename.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Volker Borchert.
+dnl Determine whether rename works for source paths with a trailing slash.
+dnl The rename from SunOS 4.1.1_U1 doesn't.
+dnl
+dnl If it doesn't, then define RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG and arrange
+dnl to compile the wrapper function.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(vb_FUNC_RENAME,
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether rename is broken],
+  vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug,
+  [
+    rm -rf conftestdir conftestdir2
+    mkdir conftestdir ||
+      AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot create temporary directory])
+    AC_TRY_RUN([
+#       include <stdio.h>
+        int
+        main ()
+        {
+          exit (rename ("conftestdir/", "conftestdir2") ? 1 : 0);
+        }
+      ],
+      vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug=no,
+      vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug=yes,
+      dnl When crosscompiling, assume rename is broken.
+      vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug=yes)
+
+      rm -rf conftestdir conftestdir2
+  ])
+  if test $vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug = yes; then
+    AC_LIBOBJ(rename)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG, 1,
+[Define if rename does not work for source paths with a trailing slash,
+   like the one from SunOS 4.1.1_U1.])
+  fi
+])

m4/xstrtoumax.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 # autoconf tests required for use of xstrtoumax.c
 
@@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX,
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([strtoul, strtoull])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h)
 
   AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <inttypes.h> defines strtoumax as a macro],
     jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,
@@ -28,7 +29,13 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX,
   dnl so we need the replacement strtoull only if strtoumax does not exist.
   case "$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoumax" in
     yes,no,no)
-      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoull)
+      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoull strtol)
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoumax" in
+    no,no)
+      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoul strtol)
       ;;
   esac
 

man/help2man

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ use Text::Tabs qw(expand);
 use POSIX qw(strftime setlocale LC_TIME);
 
 my $this_program = 'help2man';
-my $this_version = '1.022';
+my $this_version = '1.24';
 my $version_info = <<EOT;
 GNU $this_program $this_version
 
@@ -59,18 +59,20 @@ EOT
 
 my $section = 1;
 my ($opt_name, @opt_include, $opt_output, $opt_no_info);
-
-# Parse options.
-Getopt::Long::config('bundling');
-GetOptions (
+my %opt_def = (
     'n|name=s'		=> \$opt_name,
     's|section=s'	=> \$section,
     'i|include=s'	=> sub { push @opt_include, [ pop, 1 ] },
     'I|opt-include=s'	=> sub { push @opt_include, [ pop, 0 ] },
     'o|output=s'	=> \$opt_output,
     'N|no-info'		=> \$opt_no_info,
-    help		=> sub { print $help_info; exit },
-    version		=> sub { print $version_info; exit },
+);
+
+# Parse options.
+Getopt::Long::config('bundling');
+GetOptions (%opt_def,
+    help    => sub { print $help_info; exit },
+    version => sub { print $version_info; exit },
 ) or die $help_info;
 
 die $help_info unless @ARGV == 1;
@@ -93,9 +95,9 @@ BEGIN { eval q(sub qr { '' =~ $_[0]; $_[0] }) if $] < 5.005 }
 #   verbatim text
 #
 
-for (@opt_include)
+while (@opt_include)
 {
-    my ($inc, $required) = @$_;
+    my ($inc, $required) = @{shift @opt_include};
 
     next unless -f $inc or $required;
     die "$this_program: can't open `$inc' ($!)\n"
@@ -134,9 +136,20 @@ for (@opt_include)
 	    next;
 	}
 
-	# Silently ignore anything before the first
-	# section--allows for comments and revision info.
-	next unless $key;
+	# Check for options before the first section--anything else is
+	# silently ignored, allowing the first for comments and
+	# revision info.
+	unless ($key)
+	{
+	    # handle options
+	    if (/^-/)
+	    {
+		local @ARGV = split;
+		GetOptions %opt_def;
+	    }
+
+	    next;
+	}
 
 	$hash->{$key} ||= '';
 	$hash->{$key} .= $_;
@@ -269,9 +282,11 @@ s/^\n+//;
 s/\n*$/\n/;
 s/\n\n+/\n\n/g;
 
-# Temporarily exchange leading dots and backslashes for tokens.
+# Temporarily exchange leading dots, apostrophes and backslashes for
+# tokens.
 s/^\./\x80/mg;
-s/\\/\x81/g;
+s/^'/\x81/mg;
+s/\\/\x82/g;
 
 # Start a new paragraph (if required) for these.
 s/([^\n])\n(Report +bugs|Email +bug +reports +to|Written +by)/$1\n\n$2/g;
@@ -366,7 +381,7 @@ while (length)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
 	$indent = length ($4 || "$1$3");
-	$content = ".TP\n\x82$2\n\x82$5\n";
+	$content = ".TP\n\x83$2\n\x83$5\n";
 	unless ($4)
 	{
 	    # Indent may be different on second line.
@@ -378,7 +393,7 @@ while (length)
     elsif (s/^ {1,10}([+-]\S.*)\n//)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
-	$content = ".HP\n\x82$1\n";
+	$content = ".HP\n\x83$1\n";
 	$indent = 80; # not continued
     }
 
@@ -387,7 +402,7 @@ while (length)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
 	$indent = length $1;
-	$content = ".TP\n\x82$2\n\x82$3\n";
+	$content = ".TP\n\x83$2\n\x83$3\n";
     }
 
     # Indented paragraph.
@@ -395,7 +410,7 @@ while (length)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
 	$indent = length $1;
-	$content = ".IP\n\x82$2\n";
+	$content = ".IP\n\x83$2\n";
     }
 
     # Left justified paragraph.
@@ -411,7 +426,7 @@ while (length)
     while (s/^ {$indent}(\S.*)\n//)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
-	$content .= "\x82$1\n"
+	$content .= "\x83$1\n"
     }
 
     # Move to next paragraph.
@@ -419,9 +434,10 @@ while (length)
 
     for ($content)
     {
-	# Leading dot protection.
-	s/\x82\./\x80/g;
-	s/\x82//g;
+	# Leading dot and apostrophe protection.
+	s/\x83\./\x80/g;
+	s/\x83'/\x81/g;
+	s/\x83//g;
 
 	# Convert options.
 	s/(^| )(-[][\w=-]+)/$1 . convert_option $2/mge;
@@ -485,9 +501,10 @@ for (@pre, (grep ! /^($filter)$/o, @include), @post)
 
 	for ($include{$_})
 	{
-	    # Replace leading dot an backslash tokens.
+	    # Replace leading dot, apostrophe and backslash tokens.
 	    s/\x80/\\&./g;
-	    s/\x81/\\e/g;
+	    s/\x81/\\&'/g;
+	    s/\x82/\\e/g;
 	    print;
 	}
     }

man/sha1sum.x

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+[NAME]
+shasum \- compute and check SHA1 message digest
+[DESCRIPTION]
+.\" Add any additional description here

old/fileutils/NEWS

@@ -1,4 +1,86 @@
-Changes in release 4.1:
+Changes in release 4.01:
+[4.0.37]
+[4.0.36]
+* `mv dir/ new-name' no longer fails on SunOS4.1.1U
+* attempting to use mv to move a symlink onto itself no longer removes
+    the symlink
+* `cp -R directory file' no longer removes `file'.  now it fails and gives
+    a diagnostic
+* The manual now warns that ls's --full-time format string is planned
+    to change in a future release.
+* ls -l's time stamp format now depends on LC_TIME, not LC_MESSAGES,
+    as POSIX requires.
+* ls -l now reports the year for files even slightly in the future, as
+    POSIX requires.  This helps warn users about clock skew problems.
+* `cp -d file symlink-to-some-other-file' no longer fails
+* performance improvements for ls
+[4.0.35]
+* ln --backup=simple --suffix=SUFFIX once again uses SUFFIX
+* install: Likewise.
+[4.0.34]
+* fix a bug (introduced in 4.0z) that made `chown 123:456 file' act like
+    `chown 123:123 file'.  Other uses with a numeric group ID would cause
+    chown to fail when it shouldn't have.
+* the chown and chgrp programs preserve set-uid and set-gid bits, even on
+    systems for which the chown function call resets those bits.
+* `ls -L dangling-symlink' now fails (per POSIX) rather than printing the
+    link name
+* dd no longer honors the just-added `B' suffix on skip= and seek= arguments.
+* `mkdir no-such-dir/' no longer fails on NetBSD systems
+[4.0.33]
+* dd now accepts skip=nB and seek=nB, to advance past some number of bytes, n,
+    that need not be a multiple of the block size.
+* dd (without conv=notrunc) now complains only when ftruncate fails on a
+    regular file, a directory, or a shared memory object -- not when it fails
+    to truncate other types of files, like /dev/fd0.
+* chmod --changes (-c) once again issues diagnostics only for the files
+    with changed permissions
+* mkdir now gives one diagnostic (rather than two) for certain failures
+* mkdir portability fix for NetBSD
+[4.0.32]
+* touch now interprets a lone numeric argument of 8 or 10 digits as a file name,
+  rather than as a date/time in the obsolescent `MMDDhhmm[YY]' format.
+* mkdir no longer sets the permissions of the final directory component
+  if it already exists (this bug, too, was introduced recently)
+* ls's --full-time format string is now locale dependent
+[4.0.31]
+* mkdir: fix a bug introduced in 4.0.30 whereby `mkdir existing-dir' would
+  succeed.  Now it fails, as it should (and used to).
+[4.0.30]
+* mkdir: fix a bug introduced in 4.0.28 whereby parent directories created
+  via `mkdir -p' would have permissions that did not account for the umask
+[4.0.29]
+* ls.c wouldn't compile on some systems: fix it
+* `cp -R --parents dir1/ dir2' failed on NetBSD, due to a portability problem
+[4.0.28]
+* ls is much more efficient on systems (e.g., linux-2.4.*) that store file
+    type information in directory entries.
+* shred now automatically determines the size of each block device argument
+* ls's date/time format strings are now local dependent
+* mkdir, mknod, mkfifo, and chmod work better in conjunction with ACLs
+* `cp --parents dir1/ dir2' no longer gets a failed assertion
+* shred now determines the size of block devices like /dev/fd0
+* `shred --exact file1 file2' now erases `file1', too
+[4.0.27]
+* install once again unlinks an existing destination before trying to open it
+* mv no longer gets a failed assertion when moving a directory (specified with
+    a trailing slash) from one partition to another, and giving it a different
+    name at the destination.
+* `cp --link -f src existing-dest' no longer fails (bug introduced in 4.0z)
+* cp's new --remove-destination option now works with -R
+[4.0z]
+* `cp -p' once again preserves `special' permission bits (this bug was
+    introduced in 4.0y)
+* mv's --force (-f) option now controls solely whether mv prompts (per POSIX)
+* `cp -f' now first attempts to open an existing destination file, and only
+    if that fails does it resort to unlinking the file and retrying the open.
+    Before, it would unlink the file before trying to open it.
+* cp accepts a new option, --remove-destination, that provides the old behavior
+* cp's -f option no longer cancels the effect of --interactive (-i) (per POSIX)
+* when ls sorts directory entries, it now honors the current locale settings
+* dd's `skip=BLOCKS' operator once again works on systems with a buggy lseek
+  function (Linux, at least on SCSI tape devices)
+* fix a typo in install-sh
 [4.0y]
 * cp now accepts the POSIX-mandated -H and -L options.
 * cp -p and mv now try to preserve uid even if you're not root, as per POSIX.2.

old/sh-utils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,140 @@
+2001-01-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Remove jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES.
+	Now it's invoked by jm_MACROS.
+
+2001-01-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (main): Fail when --rfc-822 (-R) is specified along
+	with a format string.  Reported by Jochen Hein.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+	* djgpp: New directory.
+	* djgpp/*: New files.
+	* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add djgpp.
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add djgpp/Makefile.
+	From Prashant TR.
+
+2000-12-08  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/dirname.c: Include xalloc.h.
+	(main): Use dir_name rather than the underlying dir_name_r.
+	The former now handles cwd-relative names with drive-letter prefixes.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/seq.c (valid_format): Move pre-increment to a separate statement
+	to avoid a warning.
+
+	* src/id.c: Move dcls of globals used only in main...
+	(main): ...to here.
+	(usage): Clarify option descriptions.
+
+2000-11-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* po/Makefile.in.in: Sync with the one from fileutils.
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+2000-11-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* GNUmakefile (.NOTPARALLEL): New target.  Prevent unwanted parallelism.
+	Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+
+	* src/pinky.c: Explicitly include sys/types.h before including system.h.
+	* src/uptime.c: Likewise.
+	* src/users.c: Likewise.
+	* src/who.c: Likewise.
+
+2000-11-13  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h (ST_TIME_CMP_NS): Fix typo: ST_MTIM_NSEC should
+	be tested with #ifdef, not with #if.
+
+2000-11-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (show_date): Add a comment explaining why the
+	format string must not be translatable via _().  From Paul Eggert.
+
+2000-10-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi: Clean up indentation and punctuation.
+	Fix a couple typos.  From Brian Youmans.
+
+2000-10-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+2000-10-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 2.0.11.
+
+2000-10-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (usage): Mention the time zone, UTC, and write the date
+	in ISO format in the description of %s.  Suggestion from Karl Berry.
+
+2000-10-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/dirname.c: Include dirname.h.
+	(main): Use dir_name_r rather than open-coding it.
+
+2000-10-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add .prev-version.
+
+2000-10-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (universal_time): Remove; it's just a temptation to
+	do the wrong thing.
+	(main): The -u option now just sets TZ; it doesn't do anything else.
+	(show_date): Do not do anything special if -u is set.
+	This affects the behavior of the -I and -R options.
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi: Document the above.
+
+2000-10-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi (Examples of date): Fix a typo.
+
+2000-10-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi (Time directives) [%S]: Range is 0..60, not 0..61.
+
+2000-10-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Undo the effect of the 1997-07-12 change to date.c; it
+	broke "date -u MMDDhhmm" and it wasn't documented.
+	This reverts to the behavior of the 1996-01-03 patch.
+
+	* src/date.c (TZ_UTC0, MAYBE_SET_TZ_UTC0, set_tz): Remove.
+	(batch_convert): Don't futz with TZ.
+	(main): -u now parses all dates as UTC, not just some.
+	Reported by Karl-Michael Schneider.
+	* tests/date/Test.pm (utc-0, utc-1, relative-2): Adjust to
+	above change.
+
+2000-09-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/yes.c (usage): Add a separate usage line, just for `OPTION'.
+	Suggestion from M. P. Suzuki.
+
+2000-09-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (usage): Make the second `Usage' line more precise
+	(also making it match the texinfo documentation).
+	From Karl Eichwalder.
+
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi (Setting the time): Correct the capitalization of
+	`HHMM' in the info-rendering of the texinfo documentation.
+	Reported by Karl Eichwalder.
+
 2000-08-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* src/tee.c (main): Remove incorrect `FIXME' comment.
@@ -431,8 +568,8 @@
 
 2000-01-21  Bruno Haible  <haible@linuix.math.u-bordeaux.fr>
 
-        Add support for octal and hexadecimal output.
-        * seq.c (intconv): New variable.
+	Add support for octal and hexadecimal output.
+	* seq.c (intconv): New variable.
 	(usage): Update.
 	(main): Call scan_arg instead of scan_double_arg. Call check_format
 	before scan_arg.
@@ -1793,8 +1930,8 @@
 1997-08-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
 
 	* src/who.c (main): New option --lookup (-l).
-   	(print_entry): Only call canon_host if user explicitly asks for it.
-   	(usage): Describe --lookup.
+	(print_entry): Only call canon_host if user explicitly asks for it.
+	(usage): Describe --lookup.
 	From Galen Hazelwood.
 
 	* configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add Spanish (es).

old/sh-utils/NEWS

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
 Changes in release 2.1
- [2.0k]
+ [2.0.11]
+* setting the date now works properly, even when using -u
 * `date -f - < /dev/null' no longer dumps core
+* some DOS/Windows portability changes
  [2.0j]
 * `date -d DATE' now parses certain relative DATEs correctly
  [2.0i]

old/textutils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,368 @@
+2001-01-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Remove jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES.
+	Now it's invoked by jm_MACROS.
+
+2001-01-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/cksum.c (main): Use PACKAGE, not GNU_PACKAGE.
+	* src/tsort.c (main): Likewise.
+	* src/sort.c (main): Likewise.
+	(usage): Convert each TAB in --help output to a sequence of 8 spaces.
+
+2001-01-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/tail.c (usage): Split a string that was longer than 2048 bytes.
+
+2001-01-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c (main): Remove embedded \n from diagnostic.
+
+2001-01-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (ulonglong_t): Define place-holder type to avoid some #if
+	directives.
+	(LONGEST_INTEGRAL_TYPE): Remove definition.
+	(MAX_INTEGRAL_TYPE_SIZE): Use ulonglong_t instead of
+	LONGEST_INTEGRAL_TYPE.
+	(print_long_long): Compile this function even on systems without
+	long long support.
+	(decode_one_format): Remove #if directive.
+
+	* src/od.c (decode_one_format): Guard use of print_long_long with
+	`#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG'.  From Darren Salt.
+	Change all `#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG' to use `#if' instead.
+
+2000-12-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h [HAVE_INTTYPES_H]: Include <inttypes.h>.
+
+2000-12-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 2.0.11.
+
+2000-12-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* NEWS, doc/textutils.texi: New "sort" option -S SIZE.
+
+	* src/sys2.h (UINTMAX_MAX): New macro, taken from C99.
+
+	* src/sort.c: Include physmem.h.
+	(SORTALLOC, mergealloc, LINEALLOC): Remove.
+	(sortalloc): Default to zero at program startup.
+	(SORTALLOC_MIN, SORTALLOC_DEFAULT_MIN): New macros.
+	(usage, main): Add support for new -S SIZE option.
+	(specify_sort_size, default_sort_size): New functions.
+	(initlines): Do not let alloc exceed limit.
+	(findlines): Likewise.
+	(checkfp, mergefps, sort): Use sortalloc to size everything
+	else, instead of relying on precomputed sizes.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+2000-12-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 2.0.10.
+
+2000-12-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (address_base): Declare to be static.
+
+2000-12-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (address_base, address_pad_len): New var.
+	(output_address_fmt_string, address_fmt_buffer, address_pad): Remove.
+	(flag_pseudo_start): Now int, not long int.
+	(pseudo_offset): Now off_t, not long int.
+	(n_specs, n_specs_allocated): Now size_t, not unsigned int.
+	(format_address, format_address_none, format_address_std,
+	format_address_label): Now accepts an extra char argument (an extra
+	char to print if nonzero), and prints instead of returning a string.
+	All callers changed.
+	(bytes_per_block): Now size_t, not int.
+	(format_address_none): Do not even print the extra char argument.
+	This simplifies the callers.
+	(format_address_std, format_address_label): Print off_t ourself
+	instead of trying to use autoconfigured format.  This is faster and
+	more portable.
+	(format_address_paren): New function.
+	(dump): Remove unnecessary cast.
+	(expand_address_fmt): Remove.
+	(main): Use size_t, off_t, etc. instead of builtin types where this is
+	advisable.  Adjust to above changes.  Remove unnecessary cast.
+
+2000-12-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/tail.c (tail_file): Initialize ignore, dev, and ino members,
+	when tailing forever and the open failed.  Otherwise, we could get
+	uninitialized memory references of those fields in recheck.
+	* tests/tail-2/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add assert-2.
+	* tests/tail-2/assert-2: New file.
+
+	* Version 2.0.9.
+
+	Make od print valid addresses for offsets of 2^32 and larger, and
+	allow byte offset (-j) and byte count (-N) to be 2^32 and larger.
+
+	* src/od.c (MAX_ADDRESS_LENGTH): Don't hard-code as a literal.
+	Rather, define in terms of the type, off_t.
+	(string_min): Declare to be of type size_t.
+	(flag_dump_strings): Declare to be of type int.
+	(print_s_char): Declare the n_bytes parameter and the local, `i',
+	to be of type off_t.
+	(print_char): Likewise.
+	(print_s_short): Likewise.
+	(print_short): Likewise.
+	(print_int): Likewise.
+	(print_long): Likewise.
+	(print_long_long): Likewise.
+	(print_float): Likewise.
+	(print_double): Likewise.
+	(print_long_double): Likewise.
+	(dump_hexl_mode_trailer): Likewise.
+	(print_named_ascii): Likewise.
+	(print_ascii): Likewise.
+	(write_block): Likewise.
+	(print_ascii): Declare local, `print_function' with a prototype.
+	Change a few `>' comparisons to the equivalent `<' form.
+	(parse_options): Declare `tmp' to be of type uintmax_t.
+	Use xstrtoumax, not xstrtoul.
+	Fail if the specified offset if larger than OFF_T_MAX.
+	(dump_strings): Declare local `i' to be of type size_t.
+	Remove the now-unnecessary cast-to-off_t.
+	(main) [IF_LINT]: Initialize desired_width to avoid a warning.
+	Declare `tmp' to be of type uintmax_t.
+	Use xstrtoumax, not xstrtoul.
+	Fail if minimum string length is larger than SIZE_MAX.
+	Fail if specified width is larger than ULONG_MAX.
+
+	* src/od.c (format_address): Use off_t, not long unsigned_int as the
+	parameter type.
+	(format_address_none): Likewise.  Mark parameter as unused.
+	(format_address_std): Likewise.
+	(format_address_label): Likewise.
+	(print_ascii): Mark format string parameter as unused.
+	(write_block): Use off_t, not long unsigned_int as offset type.
+	(expand_address_fmt): New function.
+	(main): Use it to expand each address format string template.
+	Reported by Mark Nudelman, via Andreas Jaeger.
+
+	* src/sys2.h (OFF_T_MIN): Define here instead.
+	(OFF_T_MAX): Likewise.
+	(CHAR_BIT): Define.
+
+	* src/tail.c (parse_options): Use xstrtoumax to parse the byte and line
+	offset.  Give a better diagnostic when the requested offset is still
+	representable but larger than OFF_T_MAX.
+	(OFF_T_MIN): Remove definition.
+	(OFF_T_MAX): Likewise.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c (checkfp): Rename local `buf' to avoid shadowing previous
+	declaration.
+
+	* src/sort.c (NONZERO): Define and use it to make the code a tiny
+	bit more readable.
+
+	* doc/textutils.texi (sort invocation): Clarify how -t works
+	when a sort key specifies a range of fields.  From Karl O. Pinc.
+
+2000-11-26  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (skip): Use lseek instead of worrying about fseeko or fseek.
+	This should be portable, as we seek before doing any I/O.
+	(fseeko): Remove; no longer used.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c: s/SIZE_T_MAX/SIZE_MAX/.
+
+2000-11-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h: Include <stdint.h> if HAVE_STDINT_H.
+	(SIZE_MAX): Renamed from SIZE_T_MAX, as C99 uses SIZE_MAX.
+	All uses changed.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c: SIZE_MAX is not defined, so s/SIZE_MAX/SIZE_T_MAX/, and...
+	* src/sys2.h (SIZE_T_MAX): ... define.
+
+2000-11-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Port GNU "sort" to hosts where sizes don't fit in "int",
+	e.g. 64-bit Solaris (sparc).
+
+	* src/sort.c ("human.h", "xstrtol.h"): Include.
+	(struct line): length member is now size_t, not int.
+	(struct lines): Likewise for used, alloc, limit members.
+	(struct buffer): Likewise for used, alloc, left, newline_free members.
+	(struct keyfield): Likewise for sword, schar, eword, echar members.
+	(sortalloc, mergealloc, linelength): Now size_t, not int.
+
+	(initbuf, fillbuf, initlines, begfield, limfield, findlines,
+	numcompare, getmonth, keycompare, compare, checkfp, mergefps,
+	sortlines, sort): Accept, return, and use size_t for sizes, not int.
+
+	(fillbuf, initlines, findlines, checkfp, sort): Check for overflow
+	when computing buffer sizes.
+
+	(begfield, limfield): Do not index past end of array.
+
+	(checkfp): Return a boolean, not a line number, as the line
+	number may not fit in int.  All callers changed.  Use
+	uintmax_t for line numbers, not int.
+
+	(sort): Don't allocate tmp until we need it (and know the right size).
+
+	(parse_field_count): New function.
+
+	(main): Use it to check for overflow in field counts.
+	"outfile" is now a pointer to const.
+
+2000-11-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/checksum.h: Don't include system.h here.
+	* src/md5.c: Include config.h, stdio.h, sys/types.h. and system.h here
+	instead.
+	* src/sha1sum.c: Likewise.
+
+2000-11-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/pr.c (main): Do not assume EOF == -1.
+	Handle the case correctly when digits options immediately precede a
+	non-option.
+
+2000-11-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/textutils.texi: Change GNU to @sc{gnu} in many places.
+	Update to use the Free Documentation Licence.
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+2000-11-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* GNUmakefile (.NOTPARALLEL): New target.  Prevent unwanted parallelism.
+	Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+
+2000-11-16  John David Anglin  <dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca>
+
+	* tsort.c: Include sys/types.h before system.h.
+
+2000-11-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/join.c: Declare global `tab' to be of type *unsigned* char,
+	so join works with 8-bit delimiter characters.
+	Reported by Antonio Rendas.
+	* tests/join/Test.pm (8-bit-t): New test for the above fix.
+
+2000-11-13  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h (ST_TIME_CMP_NS): Fix typo: ST_MTIM_NSEC should
+	be tested with #ifdef, not with #if.
+
+2000-11-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/textutils.texi: More minor rewording and grammar correction.
+	From Brian Youmans.
+
+2000-11-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (skip): st_size is not defined for directories.
+
+2000-11-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/sha1sum/sample-vec: New file, with tests derived from
+	http://csrc.nist.gov/cryptval/shs/sha1-vectors.zip
+	* tests/sha1sum/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add sample-vec.
+
+2000-10-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+	* src/wc.c: Include "system.h" after wctype.h (not before)
+	to avoid a compilation error on Solaris 5.5.1 systems.
+	Reported by Vin Shelton.
+
+2000-10-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.maint: Clean up version-related variables.
+
+	* Version 2.0.8.
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add .prev-version.
+
+2000-10-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add sha1sum.
+	* tests/sha1sum/basic-1: New file.
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add tests/sha1sum/Makefile.
+
+	* src/Makefile.am (bin_PROGRAMS): Add sha1sum.
+	(md5sum_SOURCES): Define.
+	(sha1sum_SOURCES): Define.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add checksum.h.
+
+	* src/md5sum.c: Factor out the differences between MD5 and SHA1,
+	and parameterize so this code may be used by both md5sum and the new
+	program, sha1sum.  Loosely based on a patch from Scott Miller.
+	* src/checksum.h: New file.
+	* src/md5.c: New file that simply defines `algorithm'.
+	* src/sha1sum.c: Likewise.
+
+	* man/Makefile.am (man_MANS): Add sha1sum.1.
+	* man/sha1sum.x: New file.
+
+	Support 8-byte integers, assuming they're printable with e.g., %lld.
+	* src/od.c: Add support for printing data as unsigned
+	long long integers.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	The command, `yes ''|./cat -n' would stop printing after INT_MAX lines.
+	* src/cat.c (cat): Never let `newlines' exceed 3.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Prevent a counter buffer overrun when numbering lines and when
+	processing 100 billion lines (or more) of input.
+	* src/cat.c (LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN): Define to allow numbering as
+	many as 10^18 - 1 lines (the old limit was 10^11 - 1, and could
+	be exceeded without too much trouble).	Use this symbol rather
+	than hard-coding the constant everywhere.
+	(next_line_num): Rather than overrunning for input with more lines,
+	mark the line number by putting a `>' in the leftmost slot.
+	Patch by Jan Nieuwenhuizen.
+
+	* src/sort.c (SORT_OUT_OF_ORDER): Define.
+	(main): Use it instead of hard-coding the `1'.
+
+2000-10-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c (main): Use EXIT_SUCCESS rather than 0.
+	Fail when checking (-c) with more than one file argument,
+	rather than simply ignoring the extra arguments.
+
+2000-09-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/cut.c: Remove obsolete comment block.
+	(usage): Note that when using -f, lines with no delimiters are
+	also printed.
+	* doc/textutils.texi (cut invocation): Likewise.
+
+2000-08-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/md5sum.c: Include <config.h> unconditionally, to be consistent
+	with all the other programs in this directory.
+	* src/tsort.c: Likewise.
+
 2000-08-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* src/comm.c (writeline): Correct comments.  From Bruno Haible.
@@ -71,7 +436,7 @@
 
 2000-08-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
 
-	* src/sort.c (usage): Warn more succintly about the effects of
+	* src/sort.c (usage): Warn more succinctly about the effects of
 	the locale on sort order.
 
 2000-08-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
@@ -2147,8 +2512,8 @@
 
 1998-02-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@eng.ascend.com>
 
-        * configure.in (jm_FUNC_LSTAT): Use it.
-        (jm_FUNC_STAT): Use it.
+	* configure.in (jm_FUNC_LSTAT): Use it.
+	(jm_FUNC_STAT): Use it.
 	* lib/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add lstat.c and stat.c.
 
 1998-02-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@eng.ascend.com>
@@ -2177,8 +2542,8 @@
 
 1998-01-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
 
-        * configure.in (AC_LFS): Put before anything that can affect or use
-        CPPFLAGS, LDFLAGS, or LIBS.
+	* configure.in (AC_LFS): Put before anything that can affect or use
+	CPPFLAGS, LDFLAGS, or LIBS.
 
 1998-01-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
 

old/textutils/NEWS

@@ -1,5 +1,22 @@
 Changes in release 2.1
-[2.0h]
+[2.0.11]
+* sort accepts new -S SIZE option, to specify main-memory usage.
+[2.0.10]
+* od is faster and more portable than it was in 2.0.9
+* tail avoids an uninitialized memory reference
+[2.0.9]
+* od now prints valid addresses for offsets of 2^32 and larger, and allows
+    the byte offset (-j) and byte count (-N) arguments to be 2^32 and larger.
+* tail now works with line and byte counts of 2^32 and larger, on systems
+    with large file support
+* join now works with an 8-bit delimiter
+* fix a compilation failure on some Solaris systems with wc.c
+[2.0.8]
+* od now supports 8-byte integers, assuming they're printable with e.g., %lld
+* new program: sha1sum
+* wc accepts new -m option: count (potentially multi-byte) characters
+* wc's `--chars' option is now equivalent to -m, not --bytes as it used to be
+* `cat -n' works properly when processing 2^31 or more lines
 [2.0g]
 * sort's --help output now warns that it is locale-aware
 * tail: fix a buffer underrun error that occurred on an empty pipe,

po/Makefile.in.in

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+# -*- Makefile -*- for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
 #
 # This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
 # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
@@ -150,6 +150,13 @@ install-data-yes: all
 	      true; \
 	    fi; \
 	  fi; \
+	  if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "fileutils"; then \
+	    timedir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_TIME; \
+	    rm -fr $$timedir; \
+	    ln -s LC_MESSAGES $$timedir \
+	    || (mkdir $$timedir && ln $$dir/* $$timedir); \
+	    echo "installing $$timedir as an alias for $$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
 	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
 	  if test -x "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \
@@ -176,7 +183,6 @@ uninstall:
 	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
 	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
 	done
-	rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in
 
 check: all
 
@@ -202,26 +208,30 @@ distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
 	dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
 	for file in $$dists; do \
-	  ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+	  cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
 	done
 
 update-po: Makefile
 	$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
-	PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
-	cd $(srcdir); \
 	catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
 	for cat in $$catalogs; do \
 	  cat=`basename $$cat`; \
 	  lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
-	  mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \
 	  echo "$$lang:"; \
-	  if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \
-	    rm -f $$lang.old.po; \
+	  if $(MSGMERGE) $(srcdir)/$$lang.po \
+	                 $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.new.po; then \
+	    if cmp $$lang.new.po $(srcdir)/$$lang.po >/dev/null; then \
+	      echo "$$lang.po is unchanged"; \
+	      rm -f $$lang.new.po; \
+	    else \
+	      echo "updating $$lang.po"; \
+	      rm -f $(srcdir)/$$lang.po; \
+	      mv $$lang.new.po $(srcdir)/$$lang.po; \
+	    fi; \
 	  else \
 	    echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
-	    rm -f $$lang.po; \
-	    mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \
+	    rm -f $$lang.new.po; \
+	    exit 1; \
 	  fi; \
 	done
 
@@ -246,3 +256,7 @@ Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT:
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel.
+.NOTPARALLEL:

src/cat.c

@@ -55,19 +55,26 @@ static char *infile;
 /* Descriptor on which input file is open.  */
 static int input_desc;
 
-/* Buffer for line numbers.  */
-static char line_buf[13] =
-{' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', '0', '\t', '\0'};
+/* Buffer for line numbers.
+   An 11 digit counter may overflow within an hour on a P2/466,
+   an 18 digit counter needs about 1000y */
+#define LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN 20
+static char line_buf[LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN] =
+  {
+    ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+    ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', '0',
+    '\t', '\0'
+  };
 
 /* Position in `line_buf' where printing starts.  This will not change
    unless the number of lines is larger than 999999.  */
-static char *line_num_print = line_buf + 5;
+static char *line_num_print = line_buf + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN - 8;
 
 /* Position of the first digit in `line_buf'.  */
-static char *line_num_start = line_buf + 10;
+static char *line_num_start = line_buf + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN - 3;
 
 /* Position of the last digit in `line_buf'.  */
-static char *line_num_end = line_buf + 10;
+static char *line_num_end = line_buf + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN - 3;
 
 /* Preserves the `cat' function's local `newlines' between invocations.  */
 static int newlines2 = 0;
@@ -129,7 +136,10 @@ next_line_num (void)
       *endp-- = '0';
     }
   while (endp >= line_num_start);
-  *--line_num_start = '1';
+  if (line_num_start > line_buf)
+    *--line_num_start = '1';
+  else
+    *line_buf = '>';
   if (line_num_start < line_num_print)
     line_num_print--;
 }
@@ -340,13 +350,21 @@ cat (
 
 	      if (++newlines > 0)
 		{
-		  /* Are multiple adjacent empty lines to be substituted by
-		     single ditto (-s), and this was the second empty line?  */
-
-		  if (squeeze_empty_lines && newlines >= 2)
+		  if (newlines >= 2)
 		    {
-		      ch = *bpin++;
-		      continue;
+		      /* Limit this to 2 here.  Otherwise, with lots of
+			 consecutive newlines, the counter could wrap
+			 around at INT_MAX.  */
+		      newlines = 2;
+
+		      /* Are multiple adjacent empty lines to be substituted
+			 by single ditto (-s), and this was the second empty
+			 line?  */
+		      if (squeeze_empty_lines)
+			{
+			  ch = *bpin++;
+			  continue;
+			}
 		    }
 
 		  /* Are line numbers to be written at empty lines (-n)?  */
@@ -775,8 +793,8 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	{
 	  inbuf = (unsigned char *) xmalloc (insize + 1);
 
-	  /* Why are (OUTSIZE - 1 + INSIZE * 4 + 13) bytes allocated for
-	     the output buffer?
+	  /* Why are (OUTSIZE - 1 + INSIZE * 4 + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN)
+	     bytes allocated for the output buffer?
 
 	     A test whether output needs to be written is done when the input
 	     buffer empties or when a newline appears in the input.  After
@@ -788,10 +806,12 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	     If the last character in the preceding block of input was a
 	     newline, a line number may be written (according to the given
 	     options) as the first thing in the output buffer. (Done after the
-	     new input is read, but before processing of the input begins.)  A
-	     line number requires seldom more than 13 positions.  */
+	     new input is read, but before processing of the input begins.)
+	     A line number requires seldom more than LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN
+	     positions.  */
 
-	  outbuf = (unsigned char *) xmalloc (outsize - 1 + insize * 4 + 13);
+	  outbuf = (unsigned char *) xmalloc (outsize - 1 + insize * 4
+					      + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN);
 
 	  cat (inbuf, insize, outbuf, outsize, quote,
 	       output_tabs, numbers, numbers_at_empty_lines, mark_line_ends,

src/checksum.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* For long options that have no equivalent short option, use a
+   non-character as a pseudo short option, starting with CHAR_MAX + 1.  */
+enum
+{
+  ALG_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+  ALG_MD5 = CHAR_MAX + 1,
+  ALG_SHA1
+};
+
+extern int algorithm;

src/chgrp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* chgrp -- change group ownership of files
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
 #include "quote.h"
 #include "savedir.h"
 #include "xstrtol.h"
+#include "chown-core.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
 #define PROGRAM_NAME "chgrp"
@@ -52,54 +53,9 @@ struct group *getgrnam ();
 # define endgrent() ((void) 0)
 #endif
 
-enum Change_status
-{
-  CH_NOT_APPLIED,
-  CH_SUCCEEDED,
-  CH_FAILED,
-  CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED
-};
-
-enum Verbosity
-{
-  /* Print a message for each file that is processed.  */
-  V_high,
-
-  /* Print a message for each file whose attributes we change.  */
-  V_changes_only,
-
-  /* Do not be verbose.  This is the default. */
-  V_off
-};
-
-int lstat ();
-
-static int change_dir_group PARAMS ((const char *dir, gid_t group,
-				     const struct stat *statp));
-
 /* The name the program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
-/* If nonzero, and the systems has support for it, change the ownership
-   of symbolic links rather than any files they point to.  */
-static int change_symlinks = 1;
-
-/* When change_symlinks is set, this should be set to `lstat', otherwise,
-   it should be `stat'.  */
-static int (*xstat) ();
-
-/* If nonzero, change the ownership of directories recursively. */
-static int recurse;
-
-/* If nonzero, force silence (no error messages). */
-static int force_silent;
-
-/* Level of verbosity.  */
-static enum Verbosity verbosity = V_off;
-
-/* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
-static const char *groupname;
-
 /* The argument to the --reference option.  Use the group ID of this file.
    This file must exist.  */
 static char *reference_file;
@@ -127,38 +83,6 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {0, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
-/* Tell the user how/if the group of FILE has been changed.
-   CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
-
-static void
-describe_change (const char *file, enum Change_status changed)
-{
-  const char *fmt;
-
-  if (changed == CH_NOT_APPLIED)
-    {
-      printf (_("neither symbolic link %s nor referent has been changed\n"),
-	      quote (file));
-      return;
-    }
-
-  switch (changed)
-    {
-    case CH_SUCCEEDED:
-      fmt = _("group of %s changed to %s\n");
-      break;
-    case CH_FAILED:
-      fmt = _("failed to change group of %s to %s\n");
-      break;
-    case CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED:
-      fmt = _("group of %s retained as %s\n");
-      break;
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-  printf (fmt, quote (file), groupname);
-}
-
 /* Set *G according to NAME. */
 
 static void
@@ -166,9 +90,8 @@ parse_group (const char *name, gid_t *g)
 {
   struct group *grp;
 
-  groupname = name;
   if (*name == '\0')
-    error (1, 0, _("can not change to null group"));
+    error (1, 0, _("cannot change to null group"));
 
   grp = getgrnam (name);
   if (grp == NULL)
@@ -193,139 +116,6 @@ parse_group (const char *name, gid_t *g)
   endgrent ();		/* Save a file descriptor. */
 }
 
-/* Change the ownership of FILE to GID GROUP.
-   If it is a directory and -R is given, recurse.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_file_group (int cmdline_arg, const char *file, gid_t group)
-{
-  struct stat file_stats;
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  if ((*xstat) (file, &file_stats))
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  if (group != file_stats.st_gid)
-    {
-      int fail;
-      int symlink_changed = 1;
-      int saved_errno;
-
-      if (S_ISLNK (file_stats.st_mode) && change_symlinks)
-	{
-	  fail = lchown (file, (uid_t) -1, group);
-
-	  /* Ignore the failure if it's due to lack of support (ENOSYS)
-	     and this is not a command line argument.  */
-	  if (!cmdline_arg && fail && errno == ENOSYS)
-	    {
-	      fail = 0;
-	      symlink_changed = 0;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  fail = chown (file, (uid_t) -1, group);
-	}
-
-      /* Save errno, since in verbose mode, describe_change might change it.  */
-      saved_errno = errno;
-
-      if (verbosity == V_high || (verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
-	{
-	  enum Change_status ch_status = (! symlink_changed ? CH_NOT_APPLIED
-					  : (fail ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
-	  describe_change (file, ch_status);
-	}
-
-      if (fail)
-	{
-	  errors = 1;
-	  if (force_silent == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* Give a more specific message.  Some systems set errno
-		 to EPERM for both `inaccessible file' and `user not a member
-		 of the specified group' errors.  */
-	      if (saved_errno == EPERM && !group_member (group))
-		{
-		  error (0, saved_errno, _("you are not a member of group %s"),
-			 quote (groupname));
-		}
-	      else if (saved_errno == EINVAL && group > MAXUID)
-		{
-		  error (0, 0, _("%s: invalid group number"),
-			 quote (groupname));
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  error (0, saved_errno, _("changing group of %s"),
-			 quote (file));
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if (verbosity == V_high)
-    {
-      describe_change (file, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED);
-    }
-
-  if (recurse && S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode))
-    errors |= change_dir_group (file, group, &file_stats);
-
-  return errors;
-}
-
-/* Recursively change the ownership of the files in directory DIR
-   to GID GROUP.
-   STATP points to the results of lstat on DIR.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_dir_group (const char *dir, gid_t group, const struct stat *statp)
-{
-  char *name_space, *namep;
-  char *path;			/* Full path of each entry to process. */
-  unsigned dirlength;		/* Length of `dir' and '\0'. */
-  unsigned filelength;		/* Length of each pathname to process. */
-  unsigned pathlength;		/* Bytes allocated for `path'. */
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  name_space = savedir (dir, statp->st_size);
-  if (name_space == NULL)
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, "%s", quote (dir));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  dirlength = strlen (dir) + 1;	/* + 1 is for the trailing '/'. */
-  pathlength = dirlength + 1;
-  /* Give `path' a dummy value; it will be reallocated before first use. */
-  path = xmalloc (pathlength);
-  strcpy (path, dir);
-  path[dirlength - 1] = '/';
-
-  for (namep = name_space; *namep; namep += filelength - dirlength)
-    {
-      filelength = dirlength + strlen (namep) + 1;
-      if (filelength > pathlength)
-	{
-	  pathlength = filelength * 2;
-	  path = xrealloc (path, pathlength);
-	}
-      strcpy (path + dirlength, namep);
-      errors |= change_file_group (0, path, group);
-    }
-  free (path);
-  free (name_space);
-  return errors;
-}
-
 void
 usage (int status)
 {
@@ -364,9 +154,10 @@ Change the group membership of each FILE to GROUP.\n\
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
-  gid_t group;
+  gid_t gid;
   int errors = 0;
   int optc;
+  struct Chown_option chopt;
 
   program_name = argv[0];
   setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
@@ -375,7 +166,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  recurse = force_silent = 0;
+  chopt_init (&chopt);
 
   while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
@@ -387,22 +178,22 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  reference_file = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case DEREFERENCE_OPTION:
-	  change_symlinks = 0;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_ALWAYS;
 	  break;
 	case 'R':
-	  recurse = 1;
+	  chopt.recurse = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'c':
-	  verbosity = V_changes_only;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_changes_only;
 	  break;
 	case 'f':
-	  force_silent = 1;
+	  chopt.force_silent = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'h':
-	  change_symlinks = 1;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_NEVER;
 	  break;
 	case 'v':
-	  verbosity = V_high;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_high;
 	  break;
 	case_GETOPT_HELP_CHAR;
 	case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR (PROGRAM_NAME, AUTHORS);
@@ -417,24 +208,26 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
-  if (change_symlinks)
-    xstat = lstat;
-  else
-    xstat = stat;
-
   if (reference_file)
     {
       struct stat ref_stats;
       if (stat (reference_file, &ref_stats))
 	error (1, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (reference_file));
 
-      group = ref_stats.st_gid;
+      chopt.group_name = gid_to_name (ref_stats.st_gid);
+      gid = ref_stats.st_gid;
     }
   else
-    parse_group (argv[optind++], &group);
+    {
+      chopt.group_name = argv[optind++];
+      parse_group (chopt.group_name, &gid);
+    }
 
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
-    errors |= change_file_group (1, argv[optind], group);
+    errors |= change_file_owner (1, argv[optind], (uid_t) -1, gid,
+				 (uid_t) -1, (gid_t) -1, &chopt);
+
+  chopt_free (&chopt);
 
   exit (errors);
 }

src/chmod.c

@@ -95,6 +95,31 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {0, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
+static int
+mode_changed (const char *file, mode_t old_mode)
+{
+  struct stat new_stats;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &new_stats))
+    {
+      if (force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, _("getting new attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+  if (S_ISLNK (new_stats.st_mode)
+      && stat (file, &new_stats))
+    {
+      if (force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, _("getting new attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return old_mode != new_stats.st_mode;
+}
+
 /* Tell the user how/if the MODE of FILE has been changed.
    CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
 
@@ -137,6 +162,8 @@ change_file_mode (const char *file, const struct mode_change *changes,
   struct stat file_stats;
   mode_t newmode;
   int errors = 0;
+  int fail;
+  int saved_errno;
 
   if (lstat (file, &file_stats))
     {
@@ -161,24 +188,21 @@ change_file_mode (const char *file, const struct mode_change *changes,
 
   newmode = mode_adjust (file_stats.st_mode, changes);
 
-  if (newmode != (file_stats.st_mode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS))
+  fail = chmod (file, newmode);
+  saved_errno = errno;
+
+  if (verbosity == V_high
+      || (verbosity == V_changes_only
+	  && !fail && mode_changed (file, file_stats.st_mode)))
+    describe_change (file, newmode, (fail ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
+
+  if (fail)
     {
-      int fail = chmod (file, newmode);
-      int saved_errno = errno;
-
-      if (verbosity == V_high || (verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
-	describe_change (file, newmode, (fail ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
-
-      if (fail)
-	{
-	  if (force_silent == 0)
-	    error (0, saved_errno, _("changing permissions of %s"),
-		   quote (file));
-	  errors = 1;
-	}
+      if (force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, saved_errno, _("changing permissions of %s"),
+	       quote (file));
+      errors = 1;
     }
-  else if (verbosity == V_high)
-    describe_change (file, newmode, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED);
 
   if (recurse && S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode))
     errors |= change_dir_mode (file, changes, &file_stats);
@@ -313,7 +337,12 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	case '-':
 	case '=':
 	  if (modeind != 0 && modeind != thisind)
-	    error (1, 0, _("invalid mode"));
+	    {
+	      static char char_string[2] = {0, 0};
+	      char_string[0] = c;
+	      error (1, 0, _("invalid character %s in mode string %s"),
+		     quote_n (0, char_string), quote_n (1, argv[thisind]));
+	    }
 	  modeind = thisind;
 	  break;
 	case REFERENCE_FILE_OPTION:
@@ -351,7 +380,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	     : mode_compile (argv[modeind], MODE_MASK_ALL));
 
   if (changes == MODE_INVALID)
-    error (1, 0, _("invalid mode"));
+    error (1, 0, _("invalid mode string: %s"), quote (argv[modeind]));
   else if (changes == MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED)
     xalloc_die ();
   else if (changes == MODE_BAD_REFERENCE)

src/chown-core.c

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/* chown-core.c -- core functions for changing ownership.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Extracted from chown.c/chgrp.c and librarified by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#include "system.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "lchown.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+#include "savedir.h"
+#include "chown-core.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* The number of decimal digits required to represent the largest value of
+   type `unsigned int'.  This is enough for an 8-byte unsigned int type.  */
+#define UINT_MAX_DECIMAL_DIGITS 20
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
+struct group *getgrnam ();
+struct group *getgrgid ();
+#endif
+
+int lstat ();
+
+void
+chopt_init (struct Chown_option *chopt)
+{
+  chopt->verbosity = V_off;
+  chopt->dereference = DEREF_NEVER;
+  chopt->recurse = 0;
+  chopt->force_silent = 0;
+  chopt->user_name = 0;
+  chopt->group_name = 0;
+}
+
+void
+chopt_free (struct Chown_option *chopt)
+{
+  /* Deliberately do not free chopt->user_name or ->group_name.
+     They're not always allocated.  */
+}
+
+/* Convert N to a string, and return a pointer to that string in memory
+   allocated from the heap.  */
+
+static char *
+uint_to_string (unsigned int n)
+{
+  char buf[UINT_MAX_DECIMAL_DIGITS + 1];
+  char *p = buf + sizeof buf;
+
+  *--p = '\0';
+
+  do
+    *--p = '0' + (n % 10);
+  while ((n /= 10) != 0);
+
+  return xstrdup (p);
+}
+
+/* Convert the numeric group-id, GID, to a string stored in xmalloc'd memory,
+   and return it.  If there's no corresponding group name, use the decimal
+   representation of the ID.  */
+
+char *
+gid_to_name (gid_t gid)
+{
+  struct group *grp = getgrgid (gid);
+  return grp ? xstrdup (grp->gr_name) : uint_to_string (gid);
+}
+
+/* Convert the numeric user-id, UID, to a string stored in xmalloc'd memory,
+   and return it.  If there's no corresponding user name, use the decimal
+   representation of the ID.  */
+
+char *
+uid_to_name (uid_t uid)
+{
+  struct passwd *pwd = getpwuid (uid);
+  return pwd ? xstrdup (pwd->pw_name) : uint_to_string (uid);
+}
+
+/* Tell the user how/if the user and group of FILE have been changed.
+   If USER is NULL, give the group-oriented messages.
+   CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
+
+static void
+describe_change (const char *file, enum Change_status changed,
+		 char const *user, char const *group)
+{
+  const char *fmt;
+  char *spec;
+  int spec_allocated = 0;
+
+  if (changed == CH_NOT_APPLIED)
+    {
+      printf (_("neither symbolic link %s nor referent has been changed\n"),
+	      quote (file));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (user)
+    {
+      if (group)
+	{
+	  spec = xmalloc (strlen (user) + 1 + strlen (group) + 1);
+	  stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (spec, user), ":"), group);
+	  spec_allocated = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  spec = (char *) user;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      spec = (char *) group;
+    }
+
+  switch (changed)
+    {
+    case CH_SUCCEEDED:
+      fmt = (user
+	     ? _("changed ownership of %s to %s\n")
+	     : _("changed group of %s to %s\n"));
+      break;
+    case CH_FAILED:
+      fmt = (user
+	     ? _("failed to change ownership of %s to %s\n")
+	     : _("failed to change group of %s to %s\n"));
+      break;
+    case CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED:
+      fmt = (user
+	     ? _("ownership of %s retained as %s\n")
+	     : _("group of %s retained as %s\n"));
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  printf (fmt, quote (file), spec);
+
+  if (spec_allocated)
+    free (spec);
+}
+
+/* Recursively change the ownership of the files in directory DIR to user-id,
+   UID, and group-id, GID, according to the options specified by CHOPT.
+   STATP points to the results of lstat on DIR.
+   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
+
+static int
+change_dir_owner (const char *dir, uid_t uid, gid_t gid,
+		  uid_t old_uid, gid_t old_gid,
+		  const struct stat *statp,
+		  struct Chown_option const *chopt)
+{
+  char *name_space, *namep;
+  char *path;			/* Full path of each entry to process. */
+  unsigned dirlength;		/* Length of `dir' and '\0'. */
+  unsigned filelength;		/* Length of each pathname to process. */
+  unsigned pathlength;		/* Bytes allocated for `path'. */
+  int errors = 0;
+
+  name_space = savedir (dir, statp->st_size);
+  if (name_space == NULL)
+    {
+      if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", quote (dir));
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  dirlength = strlen (dir) + 1;	/* + 1 is for the trailing '/'. */
+  pathlength = dirlength + 1;
+  /* Give `path' a dummy value; it will be reallocated before first use. */
+  path = xmalloc (pathlength);
+  strcpy (path, dir);
+  path[dirlength - 1] = '/';
+
+  for (namep = name_space; *namep; namep += filelength - dirlength)
+    {
+      filelength = dirlength + strlen (namep) + 1;
+      if (filelength > pathlength)
+	{
+	  pathlength = filelength * 2;
+	  path = xrealloc (path, pathlength);
+	}
+      strcpy (path + dirlength, namep);
+      errors |= change_file_owner (0, path, uid, gid, old_uid, old_gid,
+				   chopt);
+    }
+  free (path);
+  free (name_space);
+  return errors;
+}
+
+/* Change the ownership of FILE to user-id, UID, and group-id, GID,
+   provided it presently has owner OLD_UID and group OLD_GID.
+   Honor the options specified by CHOPT.
+   If FILE is a directory and -R is given, recurse.
+   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
+
+int
+change_file_owner (int cmdline_arg, const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid,
+		   uid_t old_uid, gid_t old_gid,
+		   struct Chown_option const *chopt)
+{
+  struct stat file_stats;
+  uid_t new_uid;
+  gid_t new_gid;
+  int errors = 0;
+  int is_symlink;
+  int is_directory;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &file_stats))
+    {
+      if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* If it's a symlink and we're dereferencing, then use stat
+     to get the attributes of the referent.  */
+  if (S_ISLNK (file_stats.st_mode))
+    {
+      if (chopt->dereference == DEREF_ALWAYS
+	  && stat (file, &file_stats))
+	{
+	  if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+	    error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      is_symlink = 1;
+
+      /* With -R, don't traverse through symlinks-to-directories.
+	 But of course, this will all change with POSIX's new
+	 -H, -L, -P options.  */
+      is_directory = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      is_symlink = 0;
+      is_directory = S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode);
+    }
+
+  if ((old_uid == (uid_t) -1 || file_stats.st_uid == old_uid)
+      && (old_gid == (gid_t) -1 || file_stats.st_gid == old_gid))
+    {
+      new_uid = (uid == (uid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_uid : uid);
+      new_gid = (gid == (gid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_gid : gid);
+      if (new_uid != file_stats.st_uid || new_gid != file_stats.st_gid)
+	{
+	  int fail;
+	  int symlink_changed = 1;
+	  int saved_errno;
+	  int called_lchown = 0;
+
+	  if (is_symlink)
+	    {
+	      if (chopt->dereference == DEREF_NEVER)
+		{
+		  called_lchown = 1;
+		  fail = lchown (file, new_uid, new_gid);
+
+		  /* Ignore the failure if it's due to lack of support (ENOSYS)
+		     and this is not a command line argument.  */
+		  if (!cmdline_arg && fail && errno == ENOSYS)
+		    {
+		      fail = 0;
+		      symlink_changed = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (chopt->dereference == DEREF_ALWAYS)
+		{
+		  /* Applying chown to a symlink and expecting it to affect
+		     the referent is not portable.  So instead, open the
+		     file and use fchown on the resulting descriptor.  */
+		  int fd = open (file, O_RDONLY | O_NONBLOCK | O_NOCTTY);
+		  fail = (fd == -1 ? 1 : fchown (fd, new_uid, new_gid));
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* FIXME */
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      fail = chown (file, new_uid, new_gid);
+	    }
+	  saved_errno = errno;
+
+	  if (chopt->verbosity == V_high
+	      || (chopt->verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
+	    {
+	      enum Change_status ch_status = (! symlink_changed
+					      ? CH_NOT_APPLIED
+					      : (fail
+						 ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
+	      describe_change (file, ch_status,
+			       chopt->user_name, chopt->group_name);
+	    }
+
+	  if (fail)
+	    {
+	      if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+		error (0, saved_errno, (uid != (uid_t) -1
+					? _("changing ownership of %s")
+					: _("changing group of %s")),
+		       quote (file));
+	      errors = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The change succeeded.  On some systems, the chown function
+		 resets the `special' permission bits.  When run by a
+		 `privileged' user, this program must ensure that at least
+		 the set-uid and set-group ones are still set.  */
+	      if (file_stats.st_mode & ~(S_IFMT | S_IRWXUGO)
+		  /* If we called lchown above (which means this is a symlink),
+		     then skip it.  */
+		  && ! called_lchown)
+		{
+		  if (chmod (file, file_stats.st_mode))
+		    {
+		      error (0, saved_errno,
+			     _("unable to restore permissions of %s"),
+			     quote (file));
+		      fail = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (chopt->verbosity == V_high)
+	{
+	  describe_change (file, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED,
+			   chopt->user_name, chopt->group_name);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (chopt->recurse && is_directory)
+    errors |= change_dir_owner (file, uid, gid,
+				old_uid, old_gid, &file_stats, chopt);
+  return errors;
+}

src/chown-core.h

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* chown-core.h -- types and prototypes shared by chown and chgrp.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef CHOWN_CORE_H
+# define CHOWN_CORE_H
+
+enum Change_status
+{
+  CH_NOT_APPLIED = 1,
+  CH_SUCCEEDED,
+  CH_FAILED,
+  CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED
+};
+
+enum Verbosity
+{
+  /* Print a message for each file that is processed.  */
+  V_high,
+
+  /* Print a message for each file whose attributes we change.  */
+  V_changes_only,
+
+  /* Do not be verbose.  This is the default. */
+  V_off
+};
+
+enum Dereference_symlink
+{
+  DEREF_UNDEFINED = 1,
+  DEREF_NEVER,			/* -P */
+  DEREF_COMMAND_LINE_ARGUMENTS,	/* -H */
+  DEREF_ALWAYS			/* -L */
+};
+
+struct Chown_option
+{
+  /* Level of verbosity.  */
+  enum Verbosity verbosity;
+
+  /* If nonzero, change the ownership of directories recursively. */
+  int recurse;
+
+  /* This is useful only on systems with support for changing the
+     ownership of symbolic links.  */
+  enum Dereference_symlink dereference;
+
+  /* If nonzero, force silence (no error messages). */
+  int force_silent;
+
+  /* The name of the user to which ownership of the files is being given. */
+  char *user_name;
+
+  /* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
+  char *group_name;
+};
+
+void
+chopt_init (struct Chown_option *);
+
+void
+chopt_free (struct Chown_option *);
+
+char *
+gid_to_name (gid_t);
+
+char *
+uid_to_name (uid_t);
+
+int
+change_file_owner PARAMS ((int, const char *,
+			   uid_t, gid_t,
+			   uid_t, gid_t,
+			   struct Chown_option const *));
+
+#endif /* CHOWN_CORE_H */

src/chown.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* chown -- change user and group ownership of files
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,8 +31,6 @@
 #include <config.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <grp.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
 
 #include "system.h"
@@ -40,6 +38,7 @@
 #include "lchown.h"
 #include "quote.h"
 #include "savedir.h"
+#include "chown-core.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
 #define PROGRAM_NAME "chown"
@@ -59,52 +58,9 @@ struct group *getgrgid ();
 char *parse_user_spec ();
 void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 
-enum Change_status
-{
-  CH_NOT_APPLIED,
-  CH_SUCCEEDED,
-  CH_FAILED,
-  CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED
-};
-
-enum Verbosity
-{
-  /* Print a message for each file that is processed.  */
-  V_high,
-
-  /* Print a message for each file whose attributes we change.  */
-  V_changes_only,
-
-  /* Do not be verbose.  This is the default. */
-  V_off
-};
-
-static int change_dir_owner PARAMS ((const char *dir, uid_t user, gid_t group,
-				     uid_t old_user, gid_t old_group,
-				     const struct stat *statp));
-
 /* The name the program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
-/* If nonzero, and the systems has support for it, change the ownership
-   of symbolic links rather than any files they point to.  */
-static int change_symlinks = 1;
-
-/* If nonzero, change the ownership of directories recursively. */
-static int recurse;
-
-/* If nonzero, force silence (no error messages). */
-static int force_silent;
-
-/* Level of verbosity.  */
-static enum Verbosity verbosity = V_off;
-
-/* The name of the user to which ownership of the files is being given. */
-static char *username;
-
-/* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
-static const char *groupname;
-
 /* The argument to the --reference option.  Use the owner and group IDs
    of this file.  This file must exist.  */
 static char *reference_file;
@@ -134,169 +90,6 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {0, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
-/* Tell the user how/if the user and group of FILE have been changed.
-   CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
-
-static void
-describe_change (const char *file, enum Change_status changed)
-{
-  const char *fmt;
-
-  if (changed == CH_NOT_APPLIED)
-    {
-      printf (_("neither symbolic link %s nor referent has been changed\n"),
-	      quote (file));
-      return;
-    }
-
-  switch (changed)
-    {
-    case CH_SUCCEEDED:
-      fmt = _("owner of %s changed to ");
-      break;
-    case CH_FAILED:
-      fmt = _("failed to change owner of %s to ");
-      break;
-    case CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED:
-      fmt = _("owner of %s retained as ");
-      break;
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-  printf (fmt, file);
-  if (groupname)
-    printf ("%s.%s\n", username, groupname);
-  else
-    printf ("%s\n", username);
-}
-
-/* Change the ownership of FILE to UID USER and GID GROUP
-   provided it presently has UID OLDUSER and GID OLDGROUP.
-   If it is a directory and -R is given, recurse.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_file_owner (int cmdline_arg, const char *file, uid_t user, gid_t group,
-		   uid_t old_user, gid_t old_group)
-{
-  struct stat file_stats;
-  uid_t newuser;
-  gid_t newgroup;
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  if (lstat (file, &file_stats))
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  if ((old_user == (uid_t) -1  || file_stats.st_uid == old_user) &&
-      (old_group == (gid_t) -1 || file_stats.st_gid == old_group))
-    {
-      newuser = user == (uid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_uid : user;
-      newgroup = group == (gid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_gid : group;
-      if (newuser != file_stats.st_uid || newgroup != file_stats.st_gid)
-	{
-	  int fail;
-	  int symlink_changed = 1;
-	  int saved_errno;
-
-	  if (S_ISLNK (file_stats.st_mode) && change_symlinks)
-	    {
-	      fail = lchown (file, newuser, newgroup);
-
-	      /* Ignore the failure if it's due to lack of support (ENOSYS)
-		 and this is not a command line argument.  */
-	      if (!cmdline_arg && fail && errno == ENOSYS)
-		{
-		  fail = 0;
-		  symlink_changed = 0;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      fail = chown (file, newuser, newgroup);
-	    }
-	  saved_errno = errno;
-
-	  if (verbosity == V_high || (verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
-	    {
-	      enum Change_status ch_status = (! symlink_changed
-					      ? CH_NOT_APPLIED
-					      : (fail
-						 ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
-	      describe_change (file, ch_status);
-	    }
-
-	  if (fail)
-	    {
-	      if (force_silent == 0)
-		error (0, saved_errno, _("changing ownership of %s"),
-		       quote (file));
-	      errors = 1;
-	    }
-	}
-      else if (verbosity == V_high)
-	{
-	  describe_change (file, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (recurse && S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode))
-    errors |= change_dir_owner (file, user, group,
-				old_user, old_group, &file_stats);
-  return errors;
-}
-
-/* Recursively change the ownership of the files in directory DIR
-   to UID USER and GID GROUP.
-   STATP points to the results of lstat on DIR.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_dir_owner (const char *dir, uid_t user, gid_t group,
-		  uid_t old_user, gid_t old_group,
-		  const struct stat *statp)
-{
-  char *name_space, *namep;
-  char *path;			/* Full path of each entry to process. */
-  unsigned dirlength;		/* Length of `dir' and '\0'. */
-  unsigned filelength;		/* Length of each pathname to process. */
-  unsigned pathlength;		/* Bytes allocated for `path'. */
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  name_space = savedir (dir, statp->st_size);
-  if (name_space == NULL)
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, "%s", quote (dir));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  dirlength = strlen (dir) + 1;	/* + 1 is for the trailing '/'. */
-  pathlength = dirlength + 1;
-  /* Give `path' a dummy value; it will be reallocated before first use. */
-  path = xmalloc (pathlength);
-  strcpy (path, dir);
-  path[dirlength - 1] = '/';
-
-  for (namep = name_space; *namep; namep += filelength - dirlength)
-    {
-      filelength = dirlength + strlen (namep) + 1;
-      if (filelength > pathlength)
-	{
-	  pathlength = filelength * 2;
-	  path = xrealloc (path, pathlength);
-	}
-      strcpy (path + dirlength, namep);
-      errors |= change_file_owner (0, path, user, group, old_user, old_group);
-    }
-  free (path);
-  free (name_space);
-  return errors;
-}
-
 void
 usage (int status)
 {
@@ -333,6 +126,8 @@ Change the owner and/or group of each FILE to OWNER and/or GROUP.\n\
       --help             display this help and exit\n\
       --version          output version information and exit\n\
 \n\
+"));
+      printf (_("\
 Owner is unchanged if missing.  Group is unchanged if missing, but changed\n\
 to login group if implied by a `:'.  OWNER and GROUP may be numeric as well\n\
 as symbolic.\n\
@@ -345,10 +140,11 @@ as symbolic.\n\
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
-  uid_t user = (uid_t) -1;	/* New uid; -1 if not to be changed. */
-  gid_t group = (uid_t) -1;	/* New gid; -1 if not to be changed. */
-  uid_t old_user = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old uid; -1 if unrestricted. */
-  gid_t old_group = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old gid; -1 if unrestricted. */
+  uid_t uid = (uid_t) -1;	/* New uid; -1 if not to be changed. */
+  gid_t gid = (uid_t) -1;	/* New gid; -1 if not to be changed. */
+  uid_t old_uid = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old uid; -1 if unrestricted. */
+  gid_t old_gid = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old gid; -1 if unrestricted. */
+  struct Chown_option chopt;
 
   int errors = 0;
   int optc;
@@ -360,7 +156,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  recurse = force_silent = 0;
+  chopt_init (&chopt);
 
   while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
@@ -372,32 +168,32 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  reference_file = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case DEREFERENCE_OPTION:
-	  change_symlinks = 0;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_ALWAYS;
 	  break;
 	case FROM_OPTION:
 	  {
 	    char *u_dummy, *g_dummy;
 	    const char *e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind],
-					     &old_user, &old_group,
+					     &old_uid, &old_gid,
 					     &u_dummy, &g_dummy);
 	    if (e)
 	      error (1, 0, "%s: %s", quote (argv[optind]), e);
 	    break;
 	  }
 	case 'R':
-	  recurse = 1;
+	  chopt.recurse = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'c':
-	  verbosity = V_changes_only;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_changes_only;
 	  break;
 	case 'f':
-	  force_silent = 1;
+	  chopt.force_silent = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'h':
-	  change_symlinks = 1;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_NEVER;
 	  break;
 	case 'v':
-	  verbosity = V_high;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_high;
 	  break;
 	case_GETOPT_HELP_CHAR;
 	case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR (PROGRAM_NAME, AUTHORS);
@@ -419,17 +215,21 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       if (stat (reference_file, &ref_stats))
 	error (1, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (reference_file));
 
-      user  = ref_stats.st_uid;
-      group = ref_stats.st_gid;
+      uid = ref_stats.st_uid;
+      gid = ref_stats.st_gid;
+      chopt.user_name = uid_to_name (ref_stats.st_uid);
+      chopt.group_name = gid_to_name (ref_stats.st_gid);
     }
   else
     {
-      const char *e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind], &user, &group,
-				       &username, &groupname);
+      const char *e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind], &uid, &gid,
+				       &chopt.user_name, &chopt.group_name);
       if (e)
         error (1, 0, "%s: %s", argv[optind], e);
-      if (username == NULL)
-        username = "";
+
+      /* FIXME: set it to the empty string?  */
+      if (chopt.user_name == NULL)
+        chopt.user_name = "";
 
       optind++;
     }
@@ -437,9 +237,11 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
     {
       strip_trailing_slashes (argv[optind]);
-      errors |= change_file_owner (1, argv[optind], user, group,
-				   old_user, old_group);
+      errors |= change_file_owner (1, argv[optind], uid, gid,
+				   old_uid, old_gid, &chopt);
     }
 
+  chopt_free (&chopt);
+
   exit (errors);
 }

src/cksum.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cksum -- calculate and print POSIX.2 checksums and sizes of files
-   Copyright (C) 92, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, GNU_PACKAGE, VERSION,
+  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, PACKAGE, VERSION,
 		      AUTHORS, usage);
 
   have_read_stdin = 0;

src/copy.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* copy.c -- core functions for copying files and directories
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -44,6 +44,10 @@
       or if the target system doesn't support file ownership.  */	\
    && ((errno != EPERM && errno != EINVAL) || x->myeuid == 0))
 
+#define SAME_OWNER(A, B) ((A).st_uid == (B).st_uid)
+#define SAME_GROUP(A, B) ((A).st_gid == (B).st_gid)
+#define SAME_OWNER_AND_GROUP(A, B) (SAME_OWNER (A, B) && SAME_GROUP (A, B))
+
 struct dir_list
 {
   struct dir_list *parent;
@@ -55,8 +59,6 @@ int full_write ();
 int euidaccess ();
 int yesno ();
 
-int lstat ();
-
 static int copy_internal PARAMS ((const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 				  int new_dst, dev_t device,
 				  struct dir_list *ancestors,
@@ -65,6 +67,11 @@ static int copy_internal PARAMS ((const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 				  int *copy_into_self,
 				  int *rename_succeeded));
 
+/* Pointers to the file names:  they're used in the diagnostic that is issued
+   when we detect the user is trying to copy a directory into itself.  */
+static char const *top_level_src_path;
+static char const *top_level_dst_path;
+
 /* The invocation name of this program.  */
 extern char *program_name;
 
@@ -167,12 +174,13 @@ copy_dir (const char *src_path_in, const char *dst_path_in, int new_dst,
    in the source file as holes in the destination file.
    (Holes are read as zeroes by the `read' system call.)
    Use DST_MODE as the 3rd argument in the call to open.
+   X provides many option settings.
    Return 0 if successful, -1 if an error occurred.
-   FIXME: describe sparse_mode.  */
+   *NEW_DST is as in copy_internal.  */
 
 static int
 copy_reg (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
-	  enum Sparse_type sparse_mode, mode_t dst_mode)
+	  const struct cp_options *x, mode_t dst_mode, int *new_dst)
 {
   char *buf;
   int buf_size;
@@ -184,7 +192,7 @@ copy_reg (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
   int return_val = 0;
   off_t n_read_total = 0;
   int last_write_made_hole = 0;
-  int make_holes = (sparse_mode == SPARSE_ALWAYS);
+  int make_holes = (x->sparse_mode == SPARSE_ALWAYS);
 
   source_desc = open (src_path, O_RDONLY);
   if (source_desc < 0)
@@ -202,12 +210,38 @@ copy_reg (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
       return -1;
     }
 
-  dest_desc = open (dst_path, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, dst_mode);
+  /* These semantics are required for cp.
+     The if-block will be taken in move_mode.  */
+  if (*new_dst)
+    {
+      dest_desc = open (dst_path, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, dst_mode);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      dest_desc = open (dst_path, O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, dst_mode);
+
+      if (dest_desc < 0 && x->unlink_dest_after_failed_open)
+	{
+	  if (unlink (dst_path))
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot remove %s"), quote (dst_path));
+	      return_val = -1;
+	      goto close_src_desc;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Tell caller that the destination file was unlinked.  */
+	  *new_dst = 1;
+
+	  /* Try the open again, but this time with different flags.  */
+	  dest_desc = open (dst_path, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, dst_mode);
+	}
+    }
+
   if (dest_desc < 0)
     {
       error (0, errno, _("cannot create regular file %s"), quote (dst_path));
       return_val = -1;
-      goto ret2;
+      goto close_src_desc;
     }
 
   /* Find out the optimal buffer size.  */
@@ -216,13 +250,13 @@ copy_reg (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
     {
       error (0, errno, _("cannot fstat %s"), quote (dst_path));
       return_val = -1;
-      goto ret;
+      goto close_src_and_dst_desc;
     }
 
   buf_size = ST_BLKSIZE (sb);
 
 #if HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
-  if (sparse_mode == SPARSE_AUTO && S_ISREG (sb.st_mode))
+  if (x->sparse_mode == SPARSE_AUTO && S_ISREG (sb.st_mode))
     {
       /* Use a heuristic to determine whether SRC_PATH contains any
 	 sparse blocks. */
@@ -231,7 +265,7 @@ copy_reg (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, _("cannot fstat %s"), quote (src_path));
 	  return_val = -1;
-	  goto ret;
+	  goto close_src_and_dst_desc;
 	}
 
       /* If the file has fewer blocks than would normally
@@ -258,7 +292,7 @@ copy_reg (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 #endif
 	  error (0, errno, _("reading %s"), quote (src_path));
 	  return_val = -1;
-	  goto ret;
+	  goto close_src_and_dst_desc;
 	}
       if (n_read == 0)
 	break;
@@ -292,7 +326,7 @@ copy_reg (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 		{
 		  error (0, errno, _("cannot lseek %s"), quote (dst_path));
 		  return_val = -1;
-		  goto ret;
+		  goto close_src_and_dst_desc;
 		}
 	      last_write_made_hole = 1;
 	    }
@@ -306,7 +340,7 @@ copy_reg (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	    {
 	      error (0, errno, _("writing %s"), quote (dst_path));
 	      return_val = -1;
-	      goto ret;
+	      goto close_src_and_dst_desc;
 	    }
 	  last_write_made_hole = 0;
 	}
@@ -333,13 +367,13 @@ copy_reg (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	}
     }
 
-ret:
+close_src_and_dst_desc:
   if (close (dest_desc) < 0)
     {
       error (0, errno, _("closing %s"), quote (dst_path));
       return_val = -1;
     }
-ret2:
+close_src_desc:
   if (close (source_desc) < 0)
     {
       error (0, errno, _("closing %s"), quote (src_path));
@@ -349,6 +383,164 @@ ret2:
   return return_val;
 }
 
+/* Return nonzero if it's ok that the source and destination
+   files are the `same' by some measure.  The goal is to avoid
+   making the `copy' operation remove both copies of the file
+   in that case, while still allowing the user to e.g., move or
+   copy a regular file onto a symlink that points to it.
+   Try to minimize the cost of this function in the common case.  */
+
+static int
+same_file_ok (const char *src_path, const struct stat *src_sb,
+	      const char *dst_path, const struct stat *dst_sb,
+	      const struct cp_options *x, int *return_now)
+{
+  const struct stat *src_sb_link;
+  const struct stat *dst_sb_link;
+  struct stat tmp_dst_sb;
+  struct stat tmp_src_sb;
+
+  int same_link;
+  int same = (SAME_INODE (*src_sb, *dst_sb));
+
+  *return_now = 0;
+
+  /* FIXME: this should (at the very least) be moved into the following
+     if-block.  More likely, it should be removed, because it inhibits
+     making backups.  But removing it will result in a change in behavior
+     that will probably have to be documented -- and tests will have to
+     be updated.  */
+  if (same && x->hard_link)
+    {
+      *return_now = 1;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  if (x->xstat == lstat)
+    {
+      same_link = same;
+
+      /* If both the source and destination files are symlinks (and we'll
+	 know this here IFF preserving symlinks (aka xstat == lstat),
+	 then it's ok -- as long as they are distinct.  */
+      if (S_ISLNK (src_sb->st_mode) && S_ISLNK (dst_sb->st_mode))
+	return ! same_name (src_path, dst_path);
+
+      src_sb_link = src_sb;
+      dst_sb_link = dst_sb;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!same)
+	return 1;
+
+      if (lstat (dst_path, &tmp_dst_sb)
+	  || lstat (src_path, &tmp_src_sb))
+	return 1;
+
+      src_sb_link = &tmp_src_sb;
+      dst_sb_link = &tmp_dst_sb;
+
+      same_link = SAME_INODE (*src_sb_link, *dst_sb_link);
+
+      /* If both are symlinks, then it's ok, but only if the destination
+	 will be unlinked before being opened.  This is like the test
+	 above, but with the addition of the unlink_dest_before_opening
+	 conjunct because otherwise, with two symlinks to the same target,
+	 we'd end up truncating the source file.  */
+      if (S_ISLNK (src_sb_link->st_mode) && S_ISLNK (dst_sb_link->st_mode)
+	  && x->unlink_dest_before_opening)
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* The backup code ensures there's a copy, so it's ok to remove
+     any destination file.  But there's one exception: when both
+     source and destination are the same directory entry.  In that
+     case, moving the destination file aside (in making the backup)
+     would also rename the source file and result in an error.  */
+  if (x->backup_type != none)
+    {
+      if (!same_link)
+	return 1;
+
+      return ! same_name (src_path, dst_path);
+    }
+
+#if 0
+  /* FIXME: use or remove */
+
+  /* If we're making a backup, we'll detect the problem case in
+     copy_reg because SRC_PATH will no longer exist.  Allowing
+     the test to be deferred lets cp do some useful things.
+     But when creating hardlinks and SRC_PATH is a symlink
+     but DST_PATH is not we must test anyway.  */
+  if (x->hard_link
+      || !S_ISLNK (src_sb_link->st_mode)
+      || S_ISLNK (dst_sb_link->st_mode))
+    return 1;
+
+  if (x->dereference != DEREF_NEVER)
+    return 1;
+#endif
+
+  /* They may refer to the same file if we're in move mode and the
+     target is a symlink.  That is ok, since we remove any existing
+     destination file before opening it -- via `rename' if they're on
+     the same file system, via `unlink (DST_PATH)' otherwise.
+     It's also ok if they're distinct hard links to the same file.  */
+  if ((x->move_mode || x->unlink_dest_before_opening)
+      && (S_ISLNK (dst_sb_link->st_mode)
+	  || (same_link && !same_name (src_path, dst_path))))
+    return 1;
+
+  /* If neither is a symlink, then it's ok as long as they aren't
+     hard links to the same file.  */
+  if (!S_ISLNK (src_sb_link->st_mode) && !S_ISLNK (dst_sb_link->st_mode))
+    {
+      if (!SAME_INODE (*src_sb_link, *dst_sb_link))
+	return 1;
+
+      /* If they are the same file, it's ok if we're making hard links.  */
+      if (x->hard_link)
+	{
+	  *return_now = 1;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* It's ok to remove a destination symlink.  But that works only when we
+     unlink before opening the destination and when the source and destination
+     files are on the same partition.  */
+  if (x->unlink_dest_before_opening
+      && S_ISLNK (dst_sb_link->st_mode))
+    return dst_sb_link->st_dev == src_sb_link->st_dev;
+
+  if (x->xstat == lstat)
+    {
+      if ( ! S_ISLNK (src_sb_link->st_mode))
+	tmp_src_sb = *src_sb_link;
+      else if (stat (src_path, &tmp_src_sb))
+	return 1;
+
+      if ( ! S_ISLNK (dst_sb_link->st_mode))
+	tmp_dst_sb = *dst_sb_link;
+      else if (stat (dst_path, &tmp_dst_sb))
+	return 1;
+
+      if ( ! SAME_INODE (tmp_src_sb, tmp_dst_sb))
+	return 1;
+
+      /* FIXME: shouldn't this be testing whether we're making symlinks?  */
+      if (x->hard_link)
+	{
+	  *return_now = 1;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
 /* Copy the file SRC_PATH to the file DST_PATH.  The files may be of
    any type.  NEW_DST should be nonzero if the file DST_PATH cannot
    exist because its parent directory was just created; NEW_DST should
@@ -380,6 +572,7 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
   int rename_errno;
   int delayed_fail;
   int copied_as_regular = 0;
+  int ran_chown = 0;
 
   if (move_mode && rename_succeeded)
     *rename_succeeded = 0;
@@ -395,6 +588,10 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
      find created files so as to not copy infinitely if a directory is
      copied into itself.  */
 
+  /* Associate the destination path with the source device and inode
+     so that if we encounter a matching dev/ino pair in the source tree
+     we can arrange to create a hard link between the corresponding names
+     in the destination tree.  */
   earlier_file = remember_copied (dst_path, src_sb.st_ino, src_sb.st_dev);
 
   src_mode = src_sb.st_mode;
@@ -422,64 +619,25 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	}
       else
 	{
-	  int same;
+	  int return_now;
+	  int ok = same_file_ok (src_path, &src_sb, dst_path, &dst_sb,
+				 x, &return_now);
+	  if (return_now)
+	    return 0;
 
-	  /* The destination file exists already.  */
-
-	  same = (SAME_INODE (src_sb, dst_sb));
-
-#ifdef S_ISLNK
-	  /* If we're preserving symlinks (--no-dereference) and either
-	     file is a symlink, use stat (not xstat) to see if they refer
-	     to the same file.  */
-	  if (!same
-
-	      /* If we'll remove DST_PATH first, then this doesn't matter.  */
-	      && ! x->force
-
-	      /* Allow them to be the same (and don't set `same') if we're
-		 in move mode and the target is a symlink.  That is ok, since
-		 we remove any existing destination file before opening it --
-		 via `rename' if they're on the same file system,
-		 via `unlink(DST_PATH)' otherwise.  */
-	      && !(move_mode
-		   && S_ISLNK (dst_sb.st_mode))
-
-	      /* If we're making a backup, we'll detect the problem case in
-		 copy_reg because SRC_PATH will no longer exist.  Allowing
-		 the test to be deferred lets cp do some useful things.
-		 But when creating hardlinks and SRC_PATH is a symlink
-		 but DST_PATH is not we must test anyway.  */
-	      && (x->backup_type == none
-		  || (x->hard_link
-		      && S_ISLNK (src_sb.st_mode)
-		      && !S_ISLNK (dst_sb.st_mode)))
-	      && x->dereference == DEREF_NEVER
-	      && (S_ISLNK (dst_sb.st_mode) ^ S_ISLNK (src_sb.st_mode)))
+	  if (! ok)
 	    {
-	      struct stat dst2_sb;
-	      struct stat src2_sb;
-	      if (stat (dst_path, &dst2_sb) == 0
-		  && stat (src_path, &src2_sb) == 0
-		  && SAME_INODE (src2_sb, dst2_sb))
-		{
-		  same = 1;
-		}
+	      error (0, 0, _("%s and %s are the same file"),
+		     quote_n (0, src_path), quote_n (1, dst_path));
+	      return 1;
 	    }
-#endif
 
-	  if (same)
+	  if (S_ISDIR (src_type) && !S_ISDIR (dst_sb.st_mode))
 	    {
-	      if (x->hard_link)
-		return 0;
-
-	      if (x->backup_type == none
-		  && (!x->force || same_name (src_path, dst_path)))
-		{
-		  error (0, 0, _("%s and %s are the same file"),
-			 quote_n (0, src_path), quote_n (1, dst_path));
-		  return 1;
-		}
+	      error (0, 0,
+		     _("cannot overwrite non-directory %s with directory %s"),
+		     quote_n (0, dst_path), quote_n (1, src_path));
+	      return 1;
 	    }
 
 	  if (!S_ISDIR (src_type))
@@ -498,7 +656,7 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 
 	  if (!S_ISDIR (src_type) && x->interactive)
 	    {
-	      if (euidaccess (dst_path, W_OK) != 0 && x->force)
+	      if (euidaccess (dst_path, W_OK) != 0)
 		{
 		  fprintf (stderr,
 			   _("%s: overwrite %s, overriding mode %04lo? "),
@@ -579,34 +737,17 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 		}
 	      new_dst = 1;
 	    }
-	  else if (x->force)
+	  else if (! S_ISDIR (dst_sb.st_mode)
+		   && (x->unlink_dest_before_opening
+		       || (x->xstat == lstat
+			   && ! S_ISREG (src_sb.st_mode))))
 	    {
-	      if (S_ISDIR (dst_sb.st_mode))
+	      if (unlink (dst_path) && errno != ENOENT)
 		{
-		  /* Temporarily change mode to allow overwriting. */
-		  if (euidaccess (dst_path, W_OK | X_OK) != 0
-		      && chmod (dst_path, S_IRWXU))
-		    {
-		      error (0, errno,
-			     _("cannot change permissions for %s"),
-			     quote (dst_path));
-		      return 1;
-		    }
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (unlink (dst_path) && errno != ENOENT)
-		    {
-		      error (0, errno, _("cannot remove old link to %s"),
-			     quote (dst_path));
-		      if (x->failed_unlink_is_fatal)
-			return 1;
-		    }
-		  else
-		    {
-		      new_dst = 1;
-		    }
+		  error (0, errno, _("cannot remove %s"), quote (dst_path));
+		  return 1;
 		}
+	      new_dst = 1;
 	    }
 	}
     }
@@ -632,8 +773,21 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	 directories).  */
       if (S_ISDIR (src_type))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, _("won't create hard link %s to directory %s"),
-		 quote_n (0, dst_path), quote_n (1, earlier_file));
+	  /* If src_path and earlier_file refer to the same directory entry,
+	     then warn about copying a directory into itself.  */
+	  if (same_name (src_path, earlier_file))
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, _("cannot copy a directory, %s, into itself, %s"),
+		     quote_n (0, top_level_src_path),
+		     quote_n (1, top_level_dst_path));
+	      *copy_into_self = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, _("will not create hard link %s to directory %s"),
+		     quote_n (0, dst_path), quote_n (1, earlier_file));
+	    }
+
 	  goto un_backup;
 	}
 
@@ -679,7 +833,13 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	  /* FIXME: this is a little fragile in that it relies on rename(2)
 	     failing with a specific errno value.  Expect problems on
 	     non-POSIX systems.  */
+	  error (0, 0, _("cannot move %s to a subdirectory of itself, %s"),
+		 quote_n (0, top_level_src_path),
+		 quote_n (1, top_level_dst_path));
 	  *copy_into_self = 1;
+	  /* FIXME-cleanup: Don't return zero here; adjust mv.c accordingly.
+	     The only caller that uses this code (mv.c) ends up setting its
+	     exit status to nonzero when copy_into_self is nonzero.  */
 	  return 0;
 	}
 
@@ -699,6 +859,8 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 		 quote_n (0, src_path), quote_n (1, dst_path));
 	  return 1;
 	}
+
+      new_dst = 1;
     }
 
   delayed_fail = 0;
@@ -825,8 +987,8 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
       /* POSIX says the permission bits of the source file must be
 	 used as the 3rd argument in the open call, but that's not consistent
 	 with historical practice.  */
-      if (copy_reg (src_path, dst_path, x->sparse_mode,
-		    get_dest_mode (x, src_mode)))
+      if (copy_reg (src_path, dst_path, x,
+		    get_dest_mode (x, src_mode), &new_dst))
 	goto un_backup;
     }
   else
@@ -954,8 +1116,11 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	}
     }
 
-  if (x->preserve_owner_and_group)
+  /* Avoid calling chown if we know it's not necessary.  */
+  if (x->preserve_owner_and_group
+      && (new_dst || !SAME_OWNER_AND_GROUP (src_sb, dst_sb)))
     {
+      ran_chown = 1;
       if (DO_CHOWN (chown, dst_path, src_sb.st_uid, src_sb.st_gid))
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, _("preserving ownership for %s"), quote (dst_path));
@@ -964,9 +1129,11 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	}
     }
 
-  /* Permissions of newly-created regular files were set upon `open'
-     in copy_reg.  */
-  if (new_dst && copied_as_regular)
+  /* Permissions of newly-created regular files were set upon `open' in
+     copy_reg.  But don't return early if there were any special bits and
+     we had to run chown, because the chown must have reset those bits.  */
+  if ((new_dst && copied_as_regular)
+      && !(ran_chown && (src_mode & ~S_IRWXUGO)))
     return delayed_fail;
 
   if ((x->preserve_chmod_bits || new_dst)
@@ -1036,6 +1203,17 @@ copy (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
   int move_mode = options->move_mode;
 
   assert (valid_options (options));
+
+  /* Record the file names: they're used in case of error, when copying
+     a directory into itself.  I don't like to make these tools do *any*
+     extra work in the common case when that work is solely to handle
+     exceptional cases, but in this case, I don't see a way to derive the
+     top level source and destination directory names where they're used.
+     An alternative is to use COPY_INTO_SELF and print the diagnostic
+     from every caller -- but I don't wan't to do that.  */
+  top_level_src_path = src_path;
+  top_level_dst_path = dst_path;
+
   return copy_internal (src_path, dst_path, nonexistent_dst, 0, NULL,
 			options, move_mode, copy_into_self, rename_succeeded);
 }

src/copy.h

@@ -46,14 +46,23 @@ struct cp_options
   /* If nonzero, dereference symbolic links (copy the files they point to). */
   enum Dereference_symlink dereference;
 
-  /* If nonzero, remove existing destination nondirectories. */
-  int force;
+  /* If nonzero, remove each existing destination nondirectory before
+     trying to open it. */
+  int unlink_dest_before_opening;
+
+  /* If nonzero, first try to open each existing destination nondirectory,
+     then, if the open fails, unlink and try again.
+     This option must be set for `cp -f', in case the destination file
+     exists when the open is attempted.  It is irrelevant to `mv' since
+     any destination is sure to be removed before the open.  */
+  int unlink_dest_after_failed_open;
 
   /* Setting this member is meaningful only if FORCE is also set.
      If nonzero, copy returns nonzero upon failed unlink.
      Otherwise, the failure still elicits a diagnostic, but it doesn't
      change copy's return value.  This is nonzero for cp and mv, and zero
      for install.  */
+  /* FIXME: this is now unused.  */
   int failed_unlink_is_fatal;
 
   /* If nonzero, create hard links instead of copying files.
@@ -121,6 +130,29 @@ struct cp_options
   int (*xstat) ();
 };
 
+int stat ();
+int lstat ();
+
+/* Arrange to make lstat calls go through the wrapper function
+   on systems with an lstat function that does not dereference symlinks
+   that are specified with a trailing slash.  */
+# if ! LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
+int rpl_lstat PARAMS((const char *, struct stat *));
+#  undef lstat
+#  define lstat rpl_lstat
+# endif
+
+int rename ();
+
+/* Arrange to make rename calls go through the wrapper function
+   on systems with a rename function that fails for a source path
+   specified with a trailing slash.  */
+# if RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+int rpl_rename PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+#  undef rename
+#  define rename rpl_rename
+# endif
+
 int
 copy PARAMS ((const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	      int nonexistent_dst, const struct cp_options *options,

src/cp-hash.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cp-hash.c  -- file copying (hash search routines)
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,7 +33,11 @@ struct entry
 {
   ino_t ino;
   dev_t dev;
-  char *node;			/* Path name, or &new_file for new inodes.  */
+  /* Destination path name (of non-directory or pre-existing directory)
+     corresponding to the dev/ino of a copied file, or the destination path
+     name corresponding to a dev/ino pair for a newly-created directory. */
+  char *node;
+
   struct entry *coll_link;	/* 0 = entry not occupied.  */
 };
 
@@ -46,8 +50,7 @@ struct htab
   struct entry *hash[1];	/* Vector of pointers in `entry_tab'.  */
 };
 
-struct htab *htab;
-char new_file;
+static struct htab *htab;
 
 static char *cph_hash_insert PARAMS ((ino_t ino, dev_t dev, const char *node));
 
@@ -65,7 +68,7 @@ remember_created (const char *path)
       return 1;
     }
 
-  cph_hash_insert (sb.st_ino, sb.st_dev, &new_file);
+  cph_hash_insert (sb.st_ino, sb.st_dev, path);
   return 0;
 }
 

src/cp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cp.c  -- file copying (main routines)
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -73,21 +73,10 @@ enum
   TARGET_DIRECTORY_OPTION = CHAR_MAX + 1,
   SPARSE_OPTION,
   STRIP_TRAILING_SLASHES_OPTION,
-  PARENTS_OPTION
+  PARENTS_OPTION,
+  UNLINK_DEST_BEFORE_OPENING
 };
 
-int stat ();
-int lstat ();
-
-/* Arrange to make lstat calls go through the wrapper function
-   on systems with an lstat function that does not dereference symlinks
-   that are specified with a trailing slash.  */
-#if ! LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
-int rpl_lstat PARAMS((const char *, struct stat *));
-# undef lstat
-# define lstat rpl_lstat
-#endif
-
 void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 
 /* Initial number of entries in each hash table entry's table of inodes.  */
@@ -134,6 +123,7 @@ static struct option const long_opts[] =
   {"path", no_argument, NULL, PARENTS_OPTION},   /* Deprecated.  */
   {"preserve", no_argument, NULL, 'p'},
   {"recursive", no_argument, NULL, 'R'},
+  {"remove-destination", no_argument, NULL, UNLINK_DEST_BEFORE_OPENING},
   {"strip-trailing-slash", no_argument, NULL, STRIP_TRAILING_SLASHES_OPTION},
   {"suffix", required_argument, NULL, 'S'},
   {"symbolic-link", no_argument, NULL, 's'},
@@ -166,13 +156,11 @@ Copy SOURCE to DEST, or multiple SOURCE(s) to DIRECTORY.\n\
   -a, --archive                same as -dpR\n\
       --backup[=CONTROL]       make a backup of each existing destination file\n\
   -b                           like --backup but does not accept an argument\n\
-  -d, --no-dereference         preserve links\n\
-  -f, --force                  remove existing destinations, never prompt\n\
+  -d, --no-dereference         never follow symbolic links\n\
+  -f, --force                  if an existing destination file cannot be\n\
+                                   opened, remove it and try again\n\
   -i, --interactive            prompt before overwrite\n\
-  -H                           follow symbolic links that are explicitly\n\
-                                 specified in the command line, but do not\n\
-                                 follow symlinks that are found via recursive\n\
-                                 traversal\n\
+  -H                           follow command-line symbolic links\n\
   -l, --link                   link files instead of copying\n\
   -L, --dereference            always follow symbolic links\n\
   -p, --preserve               preserve file attributes if possible\n\
@@ -182,6 +170,10 @@ Copy SOURCE to DEST, or multiple SOURCE(s) to DIRECTORY.\n\
   -r                           copy recursively, non-directories as files\n\
                                  WARNING: use -R instead when you might copy\n\
                                  special files like FIFOs or /dev/zero\n\
+      --remove-destination     remove each existing destination file before\n\
+                                 attempting to open it (contrast with --force)\n\
+"));
+      printf (_("\
       --sparse=WHEN            control creation of sparse files\n\
   -R, --recursive              copy directories recursively\n\
       --strip-trailing-slashes remove any trailing slashes from each SOURCE\n\
@@ -340,6 +332,8 @@ re_protect (const char *const_dst_path, int src_offset,
    Return 0 if parent of CONST_DIRPATH exists as a directory with the proper
    permissions when done, otherwise 1. */
 
+/* FIXME: find a way to synch this function with the one in lib/makepath.c. */
+
 static int
 make_path_private (const char *const_dirpath, int src_offset, int mode,
 		   const char *verbose_fmt_string, struct dir_attr **attr_list,
@@ -526,13 +520,26 @@ do_copy (int n_files, char **file, const char *target_directory,
 	  char *arg_in_concat = NULL;
 	  char *arg = file[i];
 
+	  /* Trailing slashes are meaningful (i.e., maybe worth preserving)
+	     only in the source file names.  */
 	  if (remove_trailing_slashes)
 	    strip_trailing_slashes (arg);
 
 	  if (flag_path)
 	    {
-	      /* Append all of `arg' to `dest'.  */
-	      dst_path = path_concat (dest, arg, &arg_in_concat);
+	      char *arg_no_trailing_slash;
+
+	      /* Use `arg' without trailing slashes in constructing destination
+		 file names.  Otherwise, we can end up trying to create a
+		 directory via `mkdir ("dst/foo/"...', which is not portable.
+		 It fails, due to the trailing slash, on at least
+		 NetBSD 1.[34] systems.  */
+	      ASSIGN_STRDUPA (arg_no_trailing_slash, arg);
+	      strip_trailing_slashes (arg_no_trailing_slash);
+
+	      /* Append all of `arg' (minus any trailing slash) to `dest'.  */
+	      dst_path = path_concat (dest, arg_no_trailing_slash,
+				      &arg_in_concat);
 	      if (dst_path == NULL)
 		xalloc_die ();
 
@@ -603,7 +610,7 @@ do_copy (int n_files, char **file, const char *target_directory,
 	 `cp --force --backup foo foo' to `cp --force foo fooSUFFIX'
 	 where SUFFIX is determined by any version control options used.  */
 
-      if (x->force
+      if (x->unlink_dest_after_failed_open
 	  && x->backup_type != none
 	  && STREQ (source, dest)
 	  && !new_dst && S_ISREG (sb.st_mode))
@@ -658,7 +665,8 @@ cp_option_init (struct cp_options *x)
 {
   x->copy_as_regular = 1;
   x->dereference = DEREF_UNDEFINED;
-  x->force = 0;
+  x->unlink_dest_before_opening = 0;
+  x->unlink_dest_after_failed_open = 0;
   x->failed_unlink_is_fatal = 1;
   x->hard_link = 0;
   x->interactive = 0;
@@ -752,7 +760,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  break;
 
 	case 'f':
-	  x.force = 1;
+	  x.unlink_dest_after_failed_open = 1;
 	  break;
 
 	case 'H':
@@ -795,6 +803,10 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  x.copy_as_regular = 0;
 	  break;
 
+	case UNLINK_DEST_BEFORE_OPENING:
+	  x.unlink_dest_before_opening = 1;
+	  break;
+
 	case STRIP_TRAILING_SLASHES_OPTION:
 	  remove_trailing_slashes = 1;
 	  break;
@@ -848,7 +860,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       error (0, 0,
 	     _("\
 Warning: the meaning of `-P' will change in the future to conform to POSIX.\n\
-Use `--parents' for the old meaning, and `--no-dereference' for the new."));
+Use `--parents' for the old meaning, and `--no-dereference' for the new one."));
     }
 
   if (backup_suffix_string)
@@ -884,6 +896,11 @@ Use `--parents' for the old meaning, and `--no-dereference' for the new."));
       x.xstat = stat;
     }
 
+  /* If --force (-f) was specified and we're in link-creation mode,
+     first remove any existing destination file.  */
+  if (x.unlink_dest_after_failed_open && (x.hard_link || x.symbolic_link))
+    x.unlink_dest_before_opening = 1;
+
   /* Allocate space for remembering copied and created files.  */
 
   hash_init (INITIAL_HASH_MODULE, INITIAL_ENTRY_TAB_SIZE);

src/cut.c

@@ -20,42 +20,7 @@
 /* POSIX changes, bug fixes, long-named options, and cleanup
    by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
 
-   Rewrite cut_fields and cut_bytes -- Jim Meyering.
-
-   Options:
-   --bytes=byte-list
-   -b byte-list			Print only the bytes in positions listed
-				in BYTE-LIST.
-				Tabs and backspaces are treated like any
-				other character; they take up 1 byte.
-
-   --characters=character-list
-   -c character-list		Print only characters in positions listed
-				in CHARACTER-LIST.
-				The same as -b for now, but
-				internationalization will change that.
-				Tabs and backspaces are treated like any
-				other character; they take up 1 character.
-
-   --fields=field-list
-   -f field-list		Print only the fields listed in FIELD-LIST.
-				Fields are separated by a TAB by default.
-
-   --delimiter=delim
-   -d delim			For -f, fields are separated by the first
-				character in DELIM instead of TAB.
-
-   -n				Do not split multibyte chars (no-op for now).
-
-   --only-delimited
-   -s				For -f, do not print lines that do not contain
-				the field separator character.
-
-   The BYTE-LIST, CHARACTER-LIST, and FIELD-LIST are one or more numbers
-   or ranges separated by commas.  The first byte, character, and field
-   are numbered 1.
-
-   A FILE of `-' means standard input. */
+   Rewrite cut_fields and cut_bytes -- Jim Meyering.  */
 
 #include <config.h>
 
@@ -209,7 +174,9 @@ Print selected parts of lines from each FILE to standard output.\n\
   -b, --bytes=LIST        output only these bytes\n\
   -c, --characters=LIST   output only these characters\n\
   -d, --delimiter=DELIM   use DELIM instead of TAB for field delimiter\n\
-  -f, --fields=LIST       output only these fields\n\
+  -f, --fields=LIST       output only these fields;  also print any line\n\
+                            that contains no delimiter character, unless\n\
+                            the -s option is specified\n\
   -n                      (ignored)\n\
   -s, --only-delimited    do not print lines not containing delimiters\n\
       --output-delimiter=STRING  use STRING as the output delimiter\n\